Search results

(41 - 49 of 49)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1992
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Starting April 22 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course scheduled must be accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course tuition and is non-refundable except when a...
Show more Starting April 22 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course scheduled must be accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course tuition and is non-refundable except when a course is cancelled. When this happens, you may elect to receive a deposit refund or substitute another course. To avoid disappointment in course selection, schedule as soon as you can. Many courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term. Students must confirm registration in person at the Business Office or they will be dropped from the course. Term I Summer School students are required to finalize their registrations on May 26 or 27. Term I1 registrations must be finalized on June 22 or 23. This procedure applies to all courses, including internships and independent studies. Finalizing registration will take place at the Business Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 26 and 27, and June 22 and 23. The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration is finalized. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous term/s must be paid in full before you can finalize registration. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 28. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 24. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To change your registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $50.00 for changing a registration after the second day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 28 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 24 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy." Summer 1992 Term I Term I1 Beginning of scheduling Registration (must be confirmed in person at the Business Office) April 22 May 26-27 April 22 June 22-23 Classes begin Balance of tuition due May 26 May 26-27 June 22 June 22 May 28 May 28 May 28 June 24 June 24 June 24 None July 4 June 12 June 19 June 24 July 17 July 31 August 5 Last day to: *Change grading option *Drop class without notation *Register with late fee of $50 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) Holiday (Saturday) Last day to withdraw from class (W) Classes end Grades due in Registrar's office NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. FEES The tuition charge for 1992 Summer School courses is as follows: $650.00 for full-credit courses, $350.00 for half-credit courses, and $175.00 for fourth-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition rates listed above. Tuition Refund Policy The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds: *Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 100%of the refundable portion of the fee. *Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 75% of the refundable portion of the fee. *Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% of the refundable portion of the fee. Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedule of refunds. Financial A i d Financial aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for Financial Aid for Summer School is April'l5,1992. You must have a complete file in the Financial Aid Office by April 15 in order to receive an award for Summer. Please pick up a Summer School Financial Aid Application from the Financial Aid Officer or from the Summer School Office. 1 , . Admissions House 2, George Sverdrup Library 3 , . Science Hall . Mortensen Tower , Urness Tower Christensen Center 22: A. Partnership Center for Global Education Admissions Parking 35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left of Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South. Campus Location 1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25t Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue Sc " 1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1 35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. II 1'' I Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sport and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful - and broadening experience. Augsburgin the Summer Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships and independent studies. Term I runs from - June 19, Term I1 runs from June ~ay-26 22 - July 31. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. Summer students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution and perspective requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. I 7 F l Course levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Courses regularly taught during the academic year are more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the S u m 1 1 . School ~~ Office. Independent study and internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students who need housing may obtain information from the Director of Residence Life. The College Reserves the Right to cancel listed courses ,d kformation and Forms Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCOOL OFFICE Murphy Place 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 Call 6121330-1786 or call toll-free 1-8001788-5678 Elizabeth Bruch, Director Barbara Pappenfus, Secretary Persons in good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those m. wishing to begin a degree program at the College should apply for admission though the Office of Admissions. 1 1 4 ART ART 107-8100 DRAWING Bollman Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics. M,T, W,Th OM 17 6:OO-9:00 p.m. ART 352-8101 WOMEN AND ART Anderson A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the work of Native American women. Dist.: Art/Music, Minority Studies; Persp.: None M,T, W,Tli Foss 43 1:00-4:OO p.111. BUSINESS AUMIKISTRATIC HUS 175-8102 COMl'Uf ERS FOR BUSINESS, ECONOMICS AND MIS Schwalbe An introduction to microcompu ter-based information systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123 (graphics, database and logical functions) dBase I I I t and Minitab. May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). (Prereq.: MPG I1 or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course) Dist.: None; Persp.: None M,T, W,TIi Foss 20 6:OO-9:OO p.m. BUS 221-8103 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I Stoller Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accou~itingcycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: None; Persp.: None 8:30-10:50 a.rrl. M,T, W,Th OM 10 BUS 242-8104 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist.: None; Persp.: None M,T, W,Th OM11 6:OO-9:OO p.~tl. - . I I 5 - I w I BUS 322-8105 ACCOUNTING THEORY ANDPRACTICEI Kader An analysis of financid accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222 and EC0 113) M,T, W,Th MII.7?( 6:OO-9:00 p.m. BUS 331-8106 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT LaFave Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long an short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222, ECO 113) Dist.: None; Persp.: None M,T, W,Th,F OM 11 8:30-10:50 n.111. ECO 110-8107 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problclns facing a nlctro-urban environment. By ~ndepcndcntstudy. Dist : Urban Collccrns; Pcrsp : None AI ~.nrl~ed ECO 112-8108 PRINCIPLES OF MACRO ECONOMICS Gupta Introduction to macro-economics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/ Polttical Science; Pcrsp.: Western Heritagc 6:00-9:00 p.l!r M,T, W,TIi,F M 24 EDU 264-8109 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN URBAN SETTING Germundsen Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession Dist.: Yes, when combined with EDE 363 or ED5 352 (1 12 course); Persp : Thc City 6:OU-9:00 p.rrr M,W 1. 1 EDS 282-8110 INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL EDUCATION Metcalf Introduction to the field of special education Examines the nature, causes, and educational intcrventiol~sfor such exceptionalitics as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and gtftcdness. Dist.: Nonc 1:OiJ-4:00 p.111. M,T, W,TII OM 13 EDU 341-8111 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY Hackney Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the ~ l s of c instructional technology. Selection, prcparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for tcaching/leaming situation Computer training will be included in this course Dist.: None; Pcrsp.: None 9:30-11:50 n ! I ! . T,T11 I-.~JSS 175 , EDE 382-8112 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS Drelow Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Dist.: None (112 course); Pcrsp.. None 6:00-9:00 p.trl T,TII 1. 4 EDU 388-8113 HUMAN RELATIONS Mueller Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations Open to all. Required for all Elementary and Secortdary Education majors. Dist : Nonc. (112 course) 5:30-8:30 p.111. M,W OM 13 ENG 225-8114 INTERMEDIATE EXPOSITORY WRITING Schmit The dcvclopment of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes. Particular attmtion will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format. (Prcreq.: ENG 111) G:O0-9:fJO p.r!r. M,T, W,TII SC1212 ENG 245-8115 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Miskowiec 111 this course studcnts arc initiated into the for~nalstudy of narrative, drama and poetry in order to appreciate morc fully the plcas~~rcs of 1iterature.Thc course alms to expand students' cxposurc to literature and thcrcforc draws on works from several periods, from different cultures and races, f m ~ nmale and fcmalc writers. As the prerequisite for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature. Dist.: ILitcrature; Pcrsp.: Aesthetics 9:30-11:50 n.111. M,7', W,TII,F OM 18 GER 111-8116 BEGINNING GERMAN 1 Quanbeck Classroqm practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for studcnts with no previous background in German. Dist.: Foreign Language; Persp.: Intcrculh~ralAwarc~,essI1 8:30-10:50 ~ . I I I . M,T, W,Tlr,F OM 27 SPA 111-8117 Kiugsley BEGINNING SPANISH 1 (Section 1) SPA 111-8118 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elelnc~itary Spanish. Introduction to cul turc of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.:.Foreign Language; Persp.: Intercultural A w a r c ~ l c s I1 s 8:30-20:50 n.lrr. M,T,W,Tlr,F (Ssctiorr 1) 5:30-7350 p.rlr. M,T, W,TIi,F fS~.ctiorr11) OM 25 H P E 320-8119 S C H O O L HEALTH C U R R I C U L U M Murphy Techniques for developing a course of s t u d y based u p o n g r o w t h a n d development for g r a d e s K-12. Special w o r k units in nulrition and diseases. (Prcreq: All courses in t h e major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series a n d consent of instructor) 5:30-9:30 p , ~ ! , W O M 22 HIS 348-8120 RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET Kimball UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY Tlic coursc offers an introductory historical survey of Llic Sovict Union. It begins with a brief examination of Russian history before turning to the Russiaii Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and Lenin's consolidation of power. Idatcr topics include: tlic rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World War 11, the Cold War and the slow rejcctio~iof Stalinisin culminating in an examination of recent cvciits since L11c emergence of Gorbacliev. The coursc will emphasizc political, diplomatic, cconomic and cultural liistory by focusing on Sovict political practices and institutions 9:30-11:50 0 M,T, W,T/I,F 111 O M 23 INS 1991399-8121 INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in wliich a student designs a learning agreement (witli a faculty member) which links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: The City PHI 110-8124 INTRODUCTION T O PHILOSOPHY Apolloni This course provides tlic student with some experience in examining ideas and thereby sliarpcniiig the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. Dist.: I-listory/Philosopl~y; Pcrsp.: I-[unian Identity 8:30-10:50 n.111. M,T, W,TII,F SCl712 PHYSICS PHY 101-8125 ASTRONOMY Stenstrom A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In addition the coursc traces the development of scientific t h o ~ ~ g lfrom l t early civilizatioli to the present day, The necessary optical instrun~eiitsarc cxplai~lcdand use is made of 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-incli Cclcstron and a tlircc-inch Qucstar. Night vicwiilg and laboratory sessions are important components of the coursc. (Three one-hour lccturcs) (Prcrcq: Matliematics Placement Group 11) Dist.: MatIi/Physics; Pcrsp.: Natural World I1 5:30-8:30 / ~ . r i r . M , T , W,TIi SC1205 Arrnnged INS 225-8122 INTRODUCTION T O ISLAM Kader This coursc is designed by a practicing Muslim Lo present his perception of Islam to non-M~~slims. Thc coursc will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of lifc. Tlierc will also be a consideration of the differences between tlic Islamic sects (Sunnis, Slii'its, Sufis, etc.); some effort to deal witli the similarities and differences bctwccii Islam and both Christianity and Judaism; and a visit to one of the mosques in tlic T w'~ n Cities. Dist.: Mii~ority-UrbanStudie? R:30-10:50 f l . r r r . MATHEMATIC M , T , W,Tlr,F - MATH O F INTEREST Foss Have you ever wondered why women liave been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women liave paid less than men for life insurance? Or how lifc pay~neiitsare figured out? Or liow muc11 money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Tlicn this coursc may bc meant for you. These and otlicr interesting and useful topics in the ~iiatlicmaticsof financial transactions will be covered. This coursc should be uscf~ilfor students in business and economics or for any students interested in careers in finance-related fields. Math Placement Group I11 Dist : MatIi/Physics M,T, W,UI POL 342-8126 SPC 342-8127 MASS COMMUrJICATIONS IN SOCIETY Rueter Effects of mass cominunications on iildividual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming Dist.: Urban Concerns 5:30-8:30 u.111 M,T,W,Th,F MP 3 PSYCHOLOGY M H 323 MAT 173-8123 12:OO-3:00 p.111. POLITICAL SCIENCE SC1772 PSY 325-8128 SOCIAL BEHAVIOR Attridge Social factors wliicli influei~ccindividual and group behavior in naturalistic and cxperimcntal settings, Topics include: cooperation, competition, affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102 or 1 0 ) 1:OO-4:00p.111 M,7', W,Tlr,F O M 16 RELIGION REL 472-8129 THEOLOGY O F PAUL Quanbeck A study of the Apostle Paul including his liistorical background, his relationship to the early cliurcli and some of the tl~eincsfound in his writings. Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 8:30-10:50 fl.111. M,T, W,Tlr,F SC1273 REL 483-8130 CHRISTIAN ETHICS Olson The bases of Cliristian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Uist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2, 3 M,T, W,TIi OM 78 SOC 1991399-8131 INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning cxpcriencc in wliicli a student designs a leariiiiig agrccmcnt (with a faculty member) wliicli links the ideas and methods of sociology to tlie opportunities found in tlie placcinciit. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: The City Arrnrrgccl SOC 265-8132 CULTURE, ETHNICITY, GENDER AND RACE Gerasimo The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (l'/N grading only) Dist.: Minority Studies; I'crsp.: lntcrcultural Awareness 1 6:OO-9:OO ~ I . I I I . M,T, W,TII,F MP 4 SOC 375-8133 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo An examination of the idea of "group," its .elationship to individual behavior and society. An 111alysisof the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in ~~iidcrstailding interpersonal relations and h u ~ n a nbehavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at tlic major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life-a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issucs in tlic course. (Prcrccl.: 121, junior or senior students 011ly) 8:30-11:OO o.111 M,T, W,Tlr OM 29 - - COMMUNICATI~GTI~ SPEECH, THEATRE ARTS SPC 347-8134 DOCUMENTARY VIDEO Bart A video production coursc wliicli intcgra tcs lccture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing will1 non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production tcams, gainiilg cxpcricncc in field production and editing. 9:30-11:50 ~ . I I I . M,T, W,TIi,F Fuss 170 SPC 351-8135 ARGUMENTATION Hayes Application of standards for sound cvidencc and reasoning in public speaking, discussion and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in analyzing argumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in reasoning and learning to apply pri~lciplcsof argu~neiltationto contemporary public issucs. Students have tlic opportunity to enhance their skills in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and critique argi~~nciits they encounter in their daily lives 12:00-3:00 )J.III. M,T, W,Tlr,F O M 10 SPC 352-8136 PERSUASION Lapakko Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and bcliavior. Tlie course deals with a broad range of topics, iiicluding obstacles to persuasion; the usc of logical and psycl~ological appeals; empirical rcscarcli in pcrsuasion; how pcrsuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movemcnts and campaigns; the impact of tlie mass media on persuasion, and ethical issues related to pcrsi~asion.Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotional projects. 9:30-11:50 0.111, M,T, W,TIi,F M 22 . JUNE 22 ART 132-8200 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I) Friederichsen ART 132-8201 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression using black and white photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $150.00-$175.00. (Class size limited.) M,W (Section I) 1:30-5:00 p.m. 5:30-9:00 p.m. M,W (Section 11) BUSINESS MIS 175-8202 COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS, ECON AND MIS Schwalbe An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123 (graphics, database and logical functions) dBase IIIt and Minitab. May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course). M,W Foss 20 5:30-9:00 p.m. BUS 222-8203 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 Solnick Introduction to business activities, accountina for corporations. Basic concepts and fundament& of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221) Dist.: None 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F OM 10 BUS 323-8204 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE 11 Kader A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial sta tements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: BUS 322) M, W MH 323 6:OO-9:30 p.m. BUS 340-8205 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito Personnel functions in business, acauisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective intearation of the worker with the goals o'f the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242) M,W OM 10 6:00-9:00 p.m. BUS 440-8206 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Cerrito Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) T,Th OM I1 6:OO-9:00 p.m. ECO 110-8207 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Urban Concerns Arrat~ged ECO 113-8208 PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS Sabella Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World M,W Foss 43 6:OO-9:30 p.m. ECO 315-8209 MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I) Gupta ECO 315-8210 MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11) Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: Eco 112,113) Dist.: None 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W (Section I) 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th (Section 11) Foss 42 INDIVIDUAL LEARNER Metcalf, A class for Elementarv and Secondarv students designed to address the educational needs of ;diverse studen? body. Includes strategies for teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the student at risk. Students are encouraged to take introduction to Special Education (282) prior to . registering for this course. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T, W,Th EDE 375-8212 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Graves Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Lab arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Dist.: None. (1/ 2 course) 1:301:30 p Dntes: J I I I I23,24,25,30, ~ L1 J~rly1,2,7,8,9,10 EDU 377-8213 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SCIENCE Stangl Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the cindergarten and elementary level. (114 course) 10:OO-12 p.tn. M,W Dntes: J~rly6,8,13,15,20,22 OM 4 EDE 386-8214 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURR1CULUM:CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Parker Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: None. (1/2 course) L4 5:30-9:00 p.m. T EDE 387-8215 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM LANGUAGE ARTS Therres Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: EDE 255 or EDS 265) (1/2 course) 11:30-1:30 p.tn. Dotes: 1u11e23,24,25,30 OM 11 July 1,2,7,8,9,10 EDE 388-8216 HUMAN RELATIONS Clemmons Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Required for all Elementary and Secondary Education majors. Open to all. Dist.: None. (1/2 course) OM 18 10:05-12:lO p.ti~. M, W Miskowiec Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. The minimum passing grade for this course 2.0. Dist.: Writing-entry level skill 10:05-11:30 ~ . I I I . M,T, W,TIi,F OM 13 ENG 2401342-8218 THE SHORT STORYELEMENTS OF FICTION Swanson In this course, students will read a variety of fictional works and learn to better understand fiction by writing their own story. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of tlie basic critical terminology. Students are expected to read the assigned stories and novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for upper division credit will write an additional critical analysis essay and will read an additional novel and prepare a substantial paper/class presentation on it. All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing and distribution of selected original fiction from class. (Prereq.: Completion of Effective Writing) Dist.: English/Speech; Persp.: Aesthetics T,Th OM 13 6:OO-9:30 p.111. ENG 241-8219 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of both features length and short films illustrating the international development of film form and selected aesthetic movements such as the American Studio Film and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage, Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave. Dist.: None: Persp.: Aesthetics 6:00-9:30 p.111. T,TIi OM 27 ENG 282-8220 TOPICS: LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Miskowiec Examining the political, religious, and geographical factors behind the literature of "magic realism," we will read short stories and novels by authors such as Carpentier, Fuentes, Garcia Marquez and Allende. We will also compare the written text with contemporary Latin American painting and sculpture. OM 13 11:40-1:25 p.m. M,T, W,Th ENG 282-8221 TOPICS: THE HEROIC JOURNEY Griffin This course will study archetypal patterns of tlie heroic journey, as well as specific examples of such journeys. It will emphasize the ideas of Joseph Campbell, but will also consider other interpretations of heroic journeys. Since Western civilization usually assumes that the hero is a man, usually a white man belonging to a warrior class, we will analyze the heroic warrior myth both as it is depicted in ancient and medieval epics and myths, but also as it appears in contemporary American popular narratives. But the heroic journey is a human journey, and thus the course will also emphasize the heroic journeys of women and men who may be neither white nor warriors as they are depicted in folktales and novels. Dist.: En~lish/Sueech GER 112-8222 BEGINNING GERMAN 11 Quanbeck Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Foreign Language; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I11 M,T, W,TIi OM 27 8:lO-955 I 1 1 SPA 112-8223 BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I) Kingsley SPA 112-8224 BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Iiitroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Foreign Language; Persp.: I~~tercultural Awareness 111 M,T, W,TIi (Sectio~i1) M,T, W,TIi (Sectioii JJ) PHI 175-8228 PHILOSOPHY OF LOVE AND SEX Appolloni What is the nature of romantic love, sexual desire and friendship, both healthy and dysfunctional? We will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? (b) Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c) Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Dist.: History/Pliilosophy; Persp.: Human Identity M,W 6:OO-9:30 prrr. HPE 410-822ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Arrnrlged PHY 106-8229 INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY Jasperson A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere. The course is designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and climate. Laboratory exercises are included as an integral part of the course. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution/general education requirement for the liberal arts student. (Five 1 1/2 hour lectures) (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) Dist.: Math/Physics; Persp.: Natural World I or I1 M,T, W,TIi,F SCJ 205 10:05-11:30 n.1i1. HISTORY POLITICAL SCIENCl /- HIS115-8226 MODERN MIDDLE EAST Zehnder This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from the rise of nationalism and the decline of the Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th Century to the current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and the Levant. The goal is a better understanding of how the Middle East reached its contemporary complexity, its role in the wider world. T,Th OM 13 6:OO-9:00 p.m. TERDISCIPLI INS 199/32;7?~ INTERNS P... -.Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member) which links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: The City Arrnnged POL 121-8230 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS Rueter The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas, the pattern of participation, the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policy making, and current issues in American society. Dist: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World I 6:OO-9:30 ~ . I I I . M ,W OM 23 POL 475-8231 THE LEGAL PROCESS Fishman The course seeks to provide the undergraduate student with an introductory understanding of the functioning of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's interdependence with the social environment; the law's social junctions; the social and moral limits of the law; and, the law as a system, describing the aspects and problems of each of the law's agencies (courts, legislative, administrative, and executive agencies). Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: None T,TIi Foss 2 l A 5:30-9:30 y.rrr. POL 499-8232 INDEPENDENT STUDY Noonan Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Arrniigtd PSY 362-8233 BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS Leitschuh An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: PSY 105) Dist.: None; Persp.: None 8:30-10:OO 17.111. M,T, W,TII,F Foss 42 PSY 373-8234 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Leitschuh Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq.:PSY 105) Persp: None M,T, W,TII,F OM 23 10:05-11:30n.m. RELIGION REL 440-8235 VARIETIES OF CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY Holt A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary developments, including 12-Step Spirituality, Feminist, Ecological, and NonWestern Christian Spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spiritualities, especially prayer and meditation. (Prereq.: REL 111 or 221) Dist: Religion; Persp.: None 6:OO-9:30 p.rrr. T,Th OM 18 REL 441-8236 Holt & Stratton FEMINISM AND CHRISTIANITY This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor. "Minorities and men are especially urged to enroll." Dist.: Religion or Women's Studies; Persp.: Christian Faith I, 11, or 111 6:OO-9:30 p.111. M,W M 22 SOCIOL SWK 257-8239 EXPLORING FAMILY HEALTH & SOCIAL SERVICES IN THE 901S, US-UK COMPARISONS Link This course identifies different approaches to family health and social services in both theory and practice in the USA and UK. Through inter-disciplinary dialogue and a blend of classroom and field encounters, strategies for preventive, community-based service are analyzed and evaluated. A unique feature of this course is the opportunity to prepare with an intensive first week's orientation in the USA and to work with British professionals and students in family health and social services and debrief with USA- based faculty. All students will have a personal British tutor in addition to group leaders, to help focus on their particular interest and to facilitate connections with resources needed to achieve their objectives. Dist.: None; Persp.: The City Arrnrlgcd OM 25 SPEECH, COT THEATRE AI SPC 24-8240, INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION Lapakko This course explores both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Students examine Western and non-Western cultural rules, values, assumptions and stereotypes and how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general theoretical understanding of the dynamics of crosscultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how these principles relate to particular cultural groups. Dist.: None; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness M,W Foss 21 B 6:OO-9:30 p.nr. SPC 414-8241 INS 414-8242 FEMINIST RHETORIC Nilsson The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical perspective on American feminism, and 2) to develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.: Women's Studies; Persp.: None T,TII 530-9:00 p.m. INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member) which links the ideas a n d methods of sociology to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: The City Arranged SOC 356-8238 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and the government offices. Dist.: None 1:30-5:00 p.rrr. T,TIi OM 23 Augsburg, College Summer Schoo I Non-Profit Org. U.S. Postage PAID Minneapolis, MN Permit No. 2031 L I
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1991
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1991 .................................................................. 2 ............................................................................3 ..........................................................3 ......... ......................................... ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1991 .................................................................. 2 ............................................................................3 ..........................................................3 ......... ......................................... ....~................... ....,.,.,.. .. . ....... .......44 ..........................................................5 .............................................................34 .................................................................35 ............................................36 Introduction Calendar About this Catalog Options Visiting Students Augsburg Courses UMAIE Courses Other Courses Augsburg Lifetime Sports Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). For More Information Interim Office Memorial 230) Interim*tary, Kay Thoat =lo25 Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b) It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Calendar 1990 .............................................................Interim Registration ........................................................................... Late Interim Registration ......................................................................................... First Day of Interim October 29 -November 2 December 3 January 2 Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 1:00 p.m. ........+..C..H...U .....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd ...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 3 January 16 January 18 January 30 February 4 ..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses .................................................................................................... Interim Ends ................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 . Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $708 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses The Florida Keys: Marine Biology of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental sections of this catalog (Biology and English.) The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this interesting environment. A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Marine Biology of The Florida Keys BIO 140-41048; 340-41049 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of course requirements. The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent. Distribution: BiologyIChemistry Time: I Room: Science 213 Molds, Mushrooms and Humans BIO 141-41047 Instructor: Esther McLaughlin The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips. Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included. Distribution: BiologylChemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Chemistry for Changing Times CHE 100-41001 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg 'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis in-ted in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living. Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116. Prerequisite: High School Algebra Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room Science 315 A Labaatory Intro&m to Chemisty <31M113.41002 Instructar: JoanKunz Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to &anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work, tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw murse. Distributiom Biology/Chemistry Time:I Room Science 315 COBOL CSC 27141003 Instructo~:LanyRagland A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the progaming assignments and examinations. Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170) Time:I Room: Science 112 Puinciples of Miaaeconornics ECO 1l%4100Q Instrudo~Satva Guvta ~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time:I Room: Library 1 C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim y Betzueen East and West ECO 319-41037 Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained, including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam (takehome),and a paper. Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro) Time: I Room: Old Main 21 EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~ and Orgm'mtbns ECO 31%41038 Instrudac Milo Schield Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~ Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State). Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic ImperMsm". Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning. I quizzes,paper and final. Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO). Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science, Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor. Time: I1 Room: Science319 For more Economics listings, see Page 36 Human Relations EDS 38841050 Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members with interaction from class members. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 10 Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten EDE 37541005 Instructor: Bruce Drewlow This class students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill: A. Stms key adult/child relationships. B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby current mearchand practices in education settings. C. Stress key adult/child relationships. D. Stress process - '%ow to learn". E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans. ER mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices. H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakem and field trips. Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to iden* 1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten 2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories behind these approaches. 3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit COum. Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess. Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 wtiw o f t h r n w q s ENG 13641051 Instructo~JohnMitchell This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment co-(E itself will involve an interdisciplina~~ program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50 writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams, Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams; and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture, and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men? tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12 pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting. This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell. Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of this catalog (Biology and English) The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this interesting environment. A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) , lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01 Distribution: EnglishISpeech Time: I Room: Old Main l2 The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm 1 I mG~1007/MW10a) Instructoc Kathryn Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered ,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel. Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a finalscam Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and p~epw a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it. All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel& original fiction from theclass. Prerrquisite: Effective Writing Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech Time: I Room: Music 22 Speech Communi*: W m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their VioftheEnglishLanpge ENG ZL9-4l057 Instructm JohnSchmit 'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and, conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units. 'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the c u m l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst. 'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p . Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies Time: II Room: Old Main 27 ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l ENG 24941009 Instructm Douglas Gram Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local productions. Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, will conclude the course. Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended Distribution: EnglishISpeech Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-41042 Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half medit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 Administration and Supemision of the School Health Program HPE 410-41043 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m ) Time: I Room: Murphy Place2 CoachingofBasketbaZ1 HPE 477-41090 Instruchm Brian Ammann ?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-. Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation Thisisa &f cradit catrse. Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays Room: Melby 111 Coachingof Volleyball HPE 48341054 Instructo~:Marilyn Florian This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course. Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 Officiating of Basketball HPE---- 41041 Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit course. Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Si Melby 202 The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed HIS 33841056 1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and fordp @icy. We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party, Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington. These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study. Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material. Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor Time: I Room Old Main l3 The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991 Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course. Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe INS 191-41011 Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15. Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part of the class work. Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking About What You Read I N S 120-41055 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and about the Paidcia Program. Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars. Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part, on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From "%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential Schools, Brown University.) Time: I Room: Science 319 Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India I N S 241-41053 Instructor: Vincent Peters Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor," "East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context of an emerging nation. South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles. Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue, homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view greatly challenged and enhanced. We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with the colorful celebration of Republic Day. There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests. The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation, accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families. Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of International Programs. W m k LifeTransitions INS24541010 Instructar: Diane Busico Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others? ?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18 on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles. Distribution: Women's Studies Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages LIN 3124UlZ Instrue. Donald Steinmek ?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history. Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese, Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l , Sardinian,Rom,and others. This coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&. Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French, Slavic for Romanian, etc. 'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof SpanishandFd By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the factos which account for the diffenmm. Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final examination Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse Time:I Room Old Main 22 Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math MAT 1324013 I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do& Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you like to irrgroveyour math SHS, be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you. In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ . Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests. Time 11 Room Science212 Ma& ofbrterest MAT 173-41014 Instrum Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for annuities and &ved lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan s men? Or why women have paid less than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d . 'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes. Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics Time I Room Science 212 Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview MUS ll(F41017 Instntctor: Roberta Metzler An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation: $15. Time: I1 Room: Music 24 Electronic Music Composition MUS 23&41063/430-41015 Instructor: Robert Karlen An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants will be involved in: 1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 5 Beginning Nonoegian I NOR 111-41018 Instructor: Frankil Shackelford Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Room: Old Main 25 What Do You Think Of That? PHI 250-41019 Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clearly. Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now. What Do You Think of That?". Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and class discussions. Distribution: History/Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Music 22 Introduction to Weather PHY 106-41020 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 26. Prerequisites: High School Algebra Distribution: MathematicsRhysics Time: I Room: Science 28 Introduction to Space Science PHY 320-41021 Instructor: Ken Erickson This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further study in the field of space science. The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper. Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor Time: I Room: Science 205 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 15141022 Instructor: Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisites: Math level lII Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Time: I Room: Science 30 Understanding the Middle East Through Literature POL 241-41062 Instructor: Renee Taft Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar, students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Music 23 Alternative Politics PoLW1058 Instructm RandallKindley 'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and ~ m tmovanenk s that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad. 'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist, anti- nuclear, religious and anti-tion p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the 21st Century be based on these new political cleavages? In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action? How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded, shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to come? Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on class participation, a termpaper and a final exam h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor. Time:I1 Room Murphy Place 3 TheLegalRights oftheAm& Employee and E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve POL 37641099 Instruclor. Phil Fishman This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-. Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination. h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics. Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber. Room Old Main 16 Psychobgy ofthe Legal System PSY 3354024 Nancy Steblay l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision Instru- Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice, ethics and victimization. Guest-1 will include members of the legal and psychological communities. Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible for contributionto classmomdiscussion. Prerequisites: a general psychology course Time: 11 Room: Old Main16 The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols PSY 340-41023 Instntdotr Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology) Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 3704025 Instructor: Duane E.Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class session is requhd. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required. Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 23 The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation REL 445 41006 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination. Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I Room: Old Main 11 The Theology of Mm'age REL,34341026 Instructor: Cathy Paulsen Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the 1 I I heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian tea*, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the family. discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be Thew willbe,-l based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required. Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor. Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I Room Music 24 Biblical T & i Then andNow REL4354060 Instructor:~~-en An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries, including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians. Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text. Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams. Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221. Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward graduationrequirements.) Time: II Room Old Main 23 A t m , God and Money: How SciencP, Religion a n d E c m i c s M k REL 43641061 Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another. Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants will work as teams to construct Space Colonies. Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the course for credit. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I1 Room: Science 123 Exploring Human Services SWK 25741027 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991) SWK 34611028 Instructor: Rosemary Link Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections, family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets. Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of International Programs. Field Work LU S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse) S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course) Instrudar: Francine Chakoli Course content w i l lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II) Time: To be arranged Principles of Sociology (with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn) SOC 121-41031 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading illbe given. assignments. Three exams w Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Time: II Room Library 1 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-41032 Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding. The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room Old Main 18 Beginning Spmdsh SPA 1114(B3 Instructo~Staff Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam Distribution: ForeignZanguage Time: I Room Old Main 29 Evaluating Continental Literatrwe SPA 250-41034 ~ I ' I S Gu* ~ ~ E ROZ4?tlt& The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems. Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time:I Room: Old Main27 Documentary Video SPC 347-41035 Instructor: Deborah Bart Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. Time: I Room: Foss A-V Seminar Theater Crafts SPC 495-41036 Instructor: Michael Burden Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented. Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show. Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or permission of instructor. Time: I1 Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan Archaeology in Yugoslavia Art in France and Italy Australia's Business Climate The British School and Family The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan E m t in Transition Europe and the Rise of Modern Science -- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland Modern European Business and Worklife Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y) Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond Theatre in Britain This is New Zealand Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland Translating All That Business About lapan * These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991) HPE 455-41039 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health and Physical Education department. Total payment is due October 31,1990. Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit). Outward Bound HPE 21241067 Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period. l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has n some scholarshipsavailable). LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu POL39841065 Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld POL 39841066 These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this as(orn w l n r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme. class as&I American Karate HPE 002-41045 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 120&1:00 MWF Room: Melby Racquetball HPE 002-41044 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays Room: Melby Hisotry of Economic Thought ECO 219-41406 Instructor: Richard Herzog A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. I. Ancient Economic Thinking 11. The Medieval Period 111. Mercantilism IV . Classical V. Socialist/Utopian VI. Modern Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on three of five topics. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 NEW COU'RSE A I S 290-41069 ART 290-41068 S. Chapman TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y , mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1 produce art work such ar weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department. Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this Proposal. Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included. Distribution: Fine A r t s HPE 271-41070 Time: X I Room: OFFICIATING FOOTBALL I. ~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League. 2. Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total aducational prrrcess. Cmtenr: OM4 Will k based an the rules mb -its set f0M the national Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota State High Schcvl League. Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9- situations Evaluation: Written tcst - T h i s i s a one-half credit course. H I S 140-41964 EAST EUROPE Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri. UNDER THE HAPSBURGS - Room: S i Melby R.D. Zehnder the East C e n ~ d f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent ~nditzon of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t thc Balkans w i t h eye .to fallowin; c ~ z t n events t in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q an ricotic but &- He w i l l lccir a t vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-, Hati-, always as t h vsi+'-q ~ t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s, H z w l m n , and . &-B 3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of s f mt&e .. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud. W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e ma<*= is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th. Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#. Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy Time: I 1 Room: OM13 J, Shackel ford - -- -- - - - - - ~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim ~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton; ~ d l u r=forn l d the discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ; -cgenm of a*pcrirntal e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n for t h e &act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require l er aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u Â¶ s we rill d b p c l proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr. ~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia. Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl & r , Prerequisite: 3 History course m l m t l m u11l k plpcr. Time: ? I Room: OM13 MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE Zheng The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn, hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc), Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121. Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1 Distribution: I N S 401-41071 Time: I1 Room: 5212 Math/Physics THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR: & THE WILDERNESS THE GARDEN 3. G r i f f i n This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re, but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities. The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves. Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT INTERNSHIPS: Time: I Room: FC 42 For information on January Interim internships please contact the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14. OTHER CHANGES: HPE 232 REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F Cancelled courses: HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED MAT 132, MATH AND ITS APPLICATIONS INTERIM
Show less

Title: Master of Arts in Education (MAE) Catalog, 1990-1992
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATIONLEADERSHIP AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1990-1992 ·' -.Jnformation Sessions MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an information session. These free,...
Show more MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATIONLEADERSHIP AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1990-1992 ·' -.Jnformation Sessions MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester. Please call the Master of Arts inEducation- Leadership Office (330-1786) for details or to register for one of these information sessions: Thursday, May9, 1991 Tuesday, June 18, 1991 Thursday, July 18, 1991 Saturday, October 26, 1991 Saturday,Februaryl,1992 Tuesday, May 12, 1992 Tuesday, June 16, 1992 Thursday, July 16, 1992 7:00 - 8:00p.m. 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 9:00 - 11:00 a.m. 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon For more information write or call: Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 ~· Augsburg Colleg0 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454 3/91 ·:.....·-·-·. .. ,6iee and Payment Schedule ~ ~ . ;: ~ .. ·=· .., ...·.· Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course =6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable, applicable to first semester's tuition) Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms) Thesis Continuation Fee $100.00 Late Fee, per day (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date). Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or b) Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Class Meeting (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. $25.00 $884.00 $100.00 $125.00 $50.00 $5.00 $2.00 Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Payment Options* 1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration. 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in three equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. •A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. ~- •nformation Sessions MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester. Please call the Master of Arts inEducation- Leadership Office (330-1786) for details or to register for one of these information sessions: Thursday, May 9, 1991 Tuesday, June 18, 1991 Thursday, July 18, 1991 Saturday, October 26, 1991 Saturday,Februaryl,1992 Tuesday, May 12, 1992 Tuesday, June 16, 1992 Thursday, July 16, 1992 7:00 - 8:00p.m. 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. -noon 9:00 - 11 :00 a.m. 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. -noon ,r"' .~~,::· ' \ ...:f .>-a 'l-·~r ~··-· tr1 ~· ·t.rj". ... ~:-.: For more information write or call: Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/33~1786 Augsburg Col leg0 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS 3/91 MN 55454 z ·: .· · ~: B alendar 1991- '92 Saturday Schedule: 8:30 a.m. - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 p.m. Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 p.m. and 8:00 - 9:30 p.m. Fall Trimester 1991 Class Dates Thursday, September 5 Saturday, September 14 Thursday, September 19 Saturday, September 28 Thursday, October 3 Saturday, October 12 Thursday, October 17 Saturday,October26 Thursday, October 31 Saturday, November 9 Thursday, November 14 Saturday, November 23 Thursday, December 5 Leadership Practicum Dates Saturday, September 7: Workshop for returning students Saturday, September 21: Assessment Center for new students Saturday, October 5: Assessment Center for new students Other Important Dates Monday, August 19: Application deadline Wednesday, September 4: Orientation Monday, September 9: Last day to register and/or drop Saturday, November 23: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, December 16: Final grades due Winter Trimester 1992 Class Dates Thursday, January 9 Saturday, January 18 Thursday, January 23 Saturday, February 1 Thursday, February 6 Saturday,February15 Thursday, February 20 Saturday,February29 Thursday, March 5 Saturday, March 14 Thursday, March 19 Saturday, March 28 Leadership Practicum Dates Saturday, January 11: Workshop for returning students Saturday, January 25: Assessment Center for new students Other Important Dates Monday, December 2: Application deadline Wednesday, January 8: Orientation Monday, January 13: Last day to register and/or drop class without record notation Saturday, March 14: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, April 6: Final grades due .·- -~ ~.~ .·: ·. Spring Trimester 1992 Class Dates Thursday, April 2 Saturday, April 11 Thursday, April 16 Saturday, April 25 Thursday, April 30 Saturday, May 9 Thursday, May 14 Thursday, May 21 Saturday, May 30 Thursday, June 4 Saturday, June 13 Thursday, June 18 Saturday, June 27 ~· C/)f ~1 ~ tr ~ ~ tr.f ~, z· Leadership Practicum Dates Saturday, April 4: Workshop for returning students t· ~ ;:: '! b· Other Important Dates Monday, March 9: Application Deadline Wednesday, April 1: Orientation Monday, April 6: Last day to register and/ or drop without notation Saturday, May 30: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, July 6: Final grades due .... ~' ~ v ~-:-·· ..., ,,. " II.•.•. ): ljee and Payment Schedule -~. Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course= 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable, applicable to first semester's tuition) Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms) Thesis Continuation Fee $100.00 Late Fee, per day (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date). Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or b) Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Class Meeting (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. $25.00 $884.00 $100.00 $125.00 $50.00 $5.00 $2.00 Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Payment Options* ::.::-. ~-- ' + 1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration. 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term. "";,:-< "' w < ~·· ~- t, ,, " ~ -=: ~: ·:~-.-..; d Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in three equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. > ::.: ::-.~ ~- •A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration in'Clalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. "'r 1 he most important key to developing a collective will to overcome many of our commonplace problems is leadership. Certainly leadership is characterized by more than knowing. It is also more than acting. It is ultimately defined in coalescing others to act when they otherwise might not have. Leadership, including teacher leadership, is ultimately proven in the efforts of others to attempt to scale heights of human achievement and plunge depths of human caring not otherwise envisioned." -Ken Howey Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 Calendar for 1990-'91 .................................................................... 4 Introduction to the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership ... 6 Leadership Development Model ................................................. 7 Curriculum Design ....................................................................... 9 Course Descriptions .................................................................... 10 Graduate Faculty ........................................................................ 12 Library .......................................................................................... 12 Accreditation and Affiliations ................................................... 12 Student Support Services ........................................................... 13 Student Rights ............................................................................. 13 Admission Requirements ........................................................... 14 Application Procedures ...... ......... ..... ........... ..................... ...... .... 14 Evaluation Standards ................................................................. 15 Academic Policies ....................................................................... 16 Fee and Payment Schedule ........................................................ 17 Financial Aid ...... ................... ...................................................... 18 About Augsburg ......................................................................... 21 Campus Map ......................................................... .......... ............ 22 Campus Location ............................... ........... .............................. 23 B alendar 1990-'91 Calendar Saturday Schedule: 8:30 AM - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 PM Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 PM and 8:00 - 9:30 PM Fall Trimester 1990 . ... " Class Dates Thursday, September 6 Thursday, September 13 Saturday, September 22 Thursday, September 27 Saturday, October 6 Thursday, October 11 Saturday, October 20 Thursday, October 25 Saturday, November 3 Thursday, November 8 Saturday, November 17 Thursday, November 29 Saturday, December 1 Leadership Practicum Dates Saturday, September 8 Saturday, September 15 Other Important Dates Monday, August 20: Application Deadline Wednesday, September 5: Orientation Monday, September 10: Last day to register and/ or drop class without record notation Saturday, November 17: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, December 17: Final Grades Due Attendance Policy Because leadership issues are presented, discussed and analyzed in the classroom, regular attendance is highly important and should be considered a responsibility, not only to one's self, but to one's classmates and the course instructor. Irregular attendance may, at the discretion of the instructor, adversely affect one's grade. Winter Trimester, 1991 Class Dates Thursday, January 3 Saturday, January 12 Thursday, January 17 Saturday, January 26 Thursday, January 31 Saturday, February 9 Thursday, February 14 Saturday, February 23* Thursday, February 28 Saturday, March 9 Thursday, March 14 Saturday, March 23 Thursday, March 28 Leadership Practicum Saturday, January 5 *One week between classes Other Important Dates Monday, December 3: Application Deadline Wednesday, January 2: Orientation Monday, January 7: Last day to register and/ or drop class without record notation Saturday, March 16: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, April 1: Final Grades Due Spring Trimester 1991 Class Dates Thursday, April 11 Saturday, April 20 Thursday, April 25 Saturday, May 4 Thursday, May 9 Saturday, May 18 Thursday, May 23 Saturday, June 1 Thursday, June 6 Saturday, June 15* Thursday, June 20 Saturday, June 22 Thursday, June 27 Leadership Practicum Saturday, April 6 *One week between classes Other Important Dates Monday, March 4: Application Deadline Wednesday, April 10: Orientation Monday, April 15: Last day to register and/ or drop class without record notation Saturday, June 1: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, July 8: Final Grades Due 6,Jntroduction to the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Developing Leaders for Education The Masters of Arts in Education-Leadership is a program for educators who value and enjoy their direct contact with students and want to retain that focu in their careers. It is a program that at the outset promotes the imp rtance of teaching. It is also a program that values the role educators can play as leaders within their places of work. People who become part of this Master of Arts program will have opportunities to: • Examine what "leadership" is and who leads; • Explore who they are as leaders, both within an educational setting and outside of it; • Gain specific knowledge of education and leadership that can support their development; and • Develop skills that can increase the effectiveness of their leadership. This program values the role that good educators play in the lives of students and operates from the belief that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishing the role of teacher. Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule The Master of Arts in L adership pr gram is designed to meet the needs and preferences ol working adults. The pr gram is bas don the assum,ption that the men and women who enroll are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into period of tudy, group effort and clas pr paration. To accommodate this format for learning, each cla s meet on alternate Saturdays for thr e-and- ne-half hours and alternate Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours. Leadership Development Model Th Ma ter of Art in Education-L adership program promotes leadership as a pl'oce which 1) inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limit d resource , 2) pr motes productivity within and beyond the organizati n, and 3) works toward progress. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess thre k y attributes: a sen e of vision, the ability to persuade and the ability to direct action. Underlying thes attributes is a broad range of abilities and awarenesse . Thes abilitie and awarenesses, outlined in the diagram on page 7, serve as specific outcomes for the Leadership Development Model Leadership Sense of Vision Orientation Toward Action / Ethical + Social awareness + Environmental awareness + Tolerance of religious and philosophical differences + Appreciation of situational complexity /1 Facility for Persuasion / Communicative Creative + Long-term perspective + Flexibility + Adaptability + Innovativeness + Effective listener • Effective speaker + Effective writer + Diplomatic ability + Effective team member + Interpersonal sensitivity I Risk Assumptive + Curiosity + Achievement motivation + Self-esteem Decisive + Self-confidence + Analytical ability + Ability to think critically + Understanding of research + Ability to manage conflict ""' Culturally Aware + Appreciation for cultural differences • World-view perspective • Tolerance of individual differences Master of Arts in Education-Leadership. Augsburg's model of leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance and refine these capabilities within the individual. Community of Learners Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership is participation in a community of learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement for active participation both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of men and women who bring to the program a variety of work and life experiences. . ... To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities such as the library, meeting rooms and the Christensen Center; to take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to participate in optional lunchtime seminars; and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. Leadership Practicum Master of Arts in Education-Leadership students enroll in a half course called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to enroll in this professional assessment and development course for six terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half-course credit. Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a full day professional assessment to determine students' abilities and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership Development Model (see page 3). Assessment instruments include paper and pencil exercises and simulation and group experiences. Following the assessment, students meet individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal goal setting and in the creation of a professional development plan focused on dimensions of leadership. In subsequent terms "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of students in the following areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures, group processes, and other professional development topics identified by graduate students and staff. These workshops are developed by students enrolled in the course "Creativity and Problem Framing. " The Assessment and Leadership Practicum also asks students to focus on leadership opportunity within their workplace, or in an appropriate volunteer setting. Students will develop a learning agreement which outlines the scope of their project and what they hope to accomplish and learn through that project. Students will be supported throughout this project by peer and faculty coaching sessions which meet as an ongoing part of the Assessment and Leadership Practicum. B urriculum Design The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program is composed of 12 courses. Each course uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult learners including case study, debate, written and oral seminar presentations and small group activity. These courses develop targeted leadership abilities and understandings as a boundary crossing endeavor in need of the leadership skills and visions of people from all levels of an organization. The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership will provide opportunities for students to: conceptual frameworks of leadership issues of leadership history of education current issues in education conceptual models of teaching and learning Study • • • • • Reflect • on the various natures of leadership • on themselves as leaders • options and opportunities for leadership in education • on ethics and values in leadership Assess • themselves as leaders • situations in which they lead • programs, projects and ideas Exercise • creative leadership both individual and collective • a variety of thought processes Integrate • viewpoints on leadership with p r anal experiences • viewpoints on education from a variety of disciplines Required Courses Include: EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 500 590 591 592 Ethics and Leadership Legacy of Education Models of Teaching and Learning Diversity and Education Evaluation and Documentation Creativity and Problem Framing Models of Educational Process Politics and Public Policy of School Offerings Assessment and Leadership Practicum Thesis Research Seminar I Thesis Research Seminar II Thesis Consultation a ourse Descriptions EDU 510 Ethics and Leadership Study of leadership within the context of personal and professional ethics, values and faith. Weighing and balancing competing values within an ethical framework will be explored as a part of experiential exercises. Leadership issues of gender, ethnic origins, and culture will be explored. Leaders of past and present, recognized and unrecognized, will be studied. This course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety of disciplines and perspectives. EDU 511 Legacy of Education Comparative study of education through political, historical, economic and sociological perspectives. This course will provide a knowledge base for students to discharge their leadership responsibilities with wisdom gained from knowing the past. EDU 512 Models for Teaching and Learning Study of the teaching and learning processes. Recent research findings about teaching and learning will be examined. Interpretation of the research findings in light of prejudgments concerning teaching and learning will be explored. Technological applications to the field of teaching and learning will be included. EDU 513 Diversity and Education An exploration of the interrelatedness of world concerns and cultural diversity as they impact on the field of education. EDU 514 Evaluation and Documentation Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects, and ideas as they relate to educational policy and practice. Qualitative and quantitative tools will be discussed. EDU 515 Creativity and Problem Framing Study and application of the thinking processes as they affect problem solving and decision making. Models of goal formation, program planning and implementation will be included. Students will create seminars, to be conducted for peers in the program. EDU 516 Models of Educational Process Exploration of supervisory and consultative models, both within and outside the field of education. Major topics include mentoring, peer collaboration, varieties of administrative processes and procedures and observational techniques. Developing partnerships and collaborative ventures among programs and institutions within the community will be a part of this course. An underlying focus of this course is that of change: identifying where it's needed, initiating the process, and adapting to the outcomes. EDU 517 Politics and Public Policy of School Offerings Study of school curriculum; selection of curricular offerings, society's impact on school offerings, politics of curricular change and offerings, curriculum development and research in content areas. EDU 500 Assessment and Leadership Practicum A professional assessment and practicum which spans six terms. This course includes a full-day professional assessment; subsequent seminars designed by the students in the course, "Creativity and Problem Framing"; and opportunity to design and implement a leadership project within the workplace with the support of peer and faculty coaching. Half course. Graded on a P /N basis. EDU 590 Thesis - Research Seminar I This course provides each individual the opportunity to develop a research topic and to synthesize previous study and work experience. Graded on P /N basis. EDU 591 Thesis - Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings This seminar focuses on the results of individual projects developed in Research Seminar I. At the completion of the seminar, students present their final results orally and submit written theses. Graded on P /N basis. EDU 592 Thesis Consultation A series of meetings with a faculty thesis advisor simultaneous with EDU 591 and during the term in which the thesis is being prepared for final submission. Half course. Graded P /N. (Students not completing the thesis during the same term in which they enrolled in EDU 591 are required to pay a thesis continuation fee during each subsequent term until the thesis is completed. a raduate Faculty Faculty who teach in the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program are full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate professional degrees. Some courses are team taught by bringing together faculty from different disciplines or combining a faculty member with professionals from relevant fields. In these situations, at least one member of the team has a Ph.D. and substantial teaching experience. All of the program faculty have extensive experience teaching adult learners. The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, chemistry and art history libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. 'Blccreditation and Affiliations Students who successfully complete Augsburg's EducationLeadership program will receive a Master of Arts Degree. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The college is a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily) mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. ~tudent Support Services The Augsburg Master of Alis i11 Education-Leadership Program assists stud nts i:n making education and career plans, in working on their personal developme1\t, and in participating in activities beyond th classroom. Some of thes service, are listed below. Academic Planning In addition to the facu lty who provide consultation and advice, academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisers, and Ma ter of Arts in Education-Leadership staff. Career Services available include: • Professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum • Self/ career assessment counseling through the Career Services Office (330-1162) • Development of a resume and a career-search plan through the Career Services Office • Work experience related to a student's field of specialization through the Coop rative Education Office (330-1148) • tudent Rights The College has adopted a statem nt f student rights and responsibilities and ha pr vided for du proce sin the matters of disciplin, ry action, grievances and grade appeal. Students who wish to identify appropriate procedmes for complaint hould contact the Vic President for Student Affair (3 0-1160). Th College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students hav the right to insp ct aJJ official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except where a waiver f access ha been signed) and to challenge inac urate or misleading information. Students hav a right t experienc education free from discrimination ba ed on sex, race, tlmic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. A)dmissions Requirements Applicants to the programs must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited four-year college or university. Applicant to the program are expected to have a minimum undergradua te grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale in an accredited master's program or demonstration of 3.0 course work b yond the bachelor' plus a probationary term. Applicants to the program must have two years of experience (or equivalent) in a position demonstrating leadership potential in an educational setting. Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basi . Ad mi sion to each entering graduate class will be given t the most highly qualified individuals. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's: • previous college record • letters of recommendation • experience and organizational background • Miller Analogies Test scores • written statement and possible interview m pplication Procedures To apply, student must submit the following materials to the Master of Arts in Leader hip Office: • Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable) application fee. • Written statement relating the applicant's career and life goals focusing on leadership a pirations. • Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential. • Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same level) describing applicant's work style and potential as a leader. • Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work from each institution attended indicating degrees conferred. • Official set of re ults on the Miller Analogies Test, or for applicants whose nativ · language is not English, a minimum score of 600 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). • Possible interview with a graduate program staff member. ID valuation Standards Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 P N W I Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Achieves the minimum passing standard Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and non-punitive-not computed in grade point average) Grade given when course is dropped Incomplete grade given when student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control (to receive an incomplete, a student must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor, and any other necessary docw11entation). No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade below 2.0 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. Academic Probation and Dismissal " Student must maintajn a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a tudent falls bel w a 3.0 average, the student will be plac d on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulatjve grade point average must be restored in order for a student to b removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in a course, the student must petition successfully with the Graduate Program Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point average again fall s below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program by the Graduate Program Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the Graduate Program Committee for behavior detrimental to the program such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed . Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience Transfer credits will be evaluated on an individual basis. No more than three courses will be accepted for transfer into the Masters of Leadership-Education program. Credit and Contact Hours Each graduate course in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 30 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students may take either one or two courses each trimester. Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to complete the program in two years. All students are required to comple te th program within fou r years. Extensions beyond four y ars will b considered on the basi of petition to the Graduate Program Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one term mu t request a leave of absence in writing from the Graduate Program Committee. Last Date to Withdraw from Class The last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a "W" on their records is noted on pp. 4 and 5. ee and Payment Schedule Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable, applicable to first semester's tuition) Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms) Thesis Continuation Fee Late Fee (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date.) Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or b) Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Class Meeting (cancel/add / change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. $25.00 $815.00 $100.00 $125.00 $100.00 $50.00 per day $5.00 $2.00 Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Payment Options* 1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration. 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. *A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. Refund Schedule A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.) Prior to Prior to Prior to Prior to Prior to Prior to the first scheduled class meeting-100 % the second scheduled class meeting-90% the third scheduled class meeting-80 % the fourth scheduled class meeting-70% the fifth scheduled class meeting-60% the sixth scheduled class meeting-50 % Iiinancial Aid In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time . One course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in assessing financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from available alternatives, including the following: Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need. Funded Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College provides several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on standard, nationally accepted methodology. + Perkins Student Loan-Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time while you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000. + SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students)-A Federal loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12%; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Principal may be deferred until the student ceases halftime enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's option, accumulate until the in-school deferment ends. Students must apply for financial aid. + SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund)-A Minnesota State loan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000 cumulative) as undergraduates with a $25,000 aggregate maximum when graduate study is included ($1,000 minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payments begin 13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. + Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan)-Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in certain states. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after leaving school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study and $7,500 per year for graduate study. The cumulative undergraduate and graduate maximum is $54,750. To Apply for Financial Aid: 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall, or the 'Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Program Office, 2222 Murphy Place). 3) All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if they did not receive aid. Forms are available from the College. 4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. \. • bout Augsburg History Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities surrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's Hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways. Accessibility Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of the 14 major buildings-student housing towers, Christensen Center, main academic and administrative halls, the library and music building. In addition, there are programs for students with learning and physical disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. About 59 percent of the students are Lutheran, 14 percent other Protestant and 19 percent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. D ampusMap 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main West Hall Mortensen Tower Urness Tower Christensen Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Music Hall 2222 Murphy Place Melby Hall Ice Arena Stage II Theatre Center for Global Education Scandinavian Center Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Youth and Family Institute 19. Office Annex House 20. Tutor House 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking c. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty /Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview I St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only I6. I Accessible Entrance N I • I I I I ....... ....... DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th A venue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd A venues and north of 8th Street on 21st A venue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside A venue. Augsburg College__; 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454
Show less

Title: Master of Social Work (MSW) Catalog, 1990-1992
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1990-1992 "'T! he good we secure for ourselves is precarious and uncertain ... until it is secured for all of us and incorporated into our common life." 1 -Jane Addams Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 a...
Show more MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1990-1992 "'T! he good we secure for ourselves is precarious and uncertain ... until it is secured for all of us and incorporated into our common life." 1 -Jane Addams Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 able of Contents Introduction to the Master of Social Work Program .............. .4 Curriculum Design ...................................................................... 5 Course Descriptions ............. ........ ................................................ 8 Library .... ................................................................................. .... 14 Accreditation and Affiliations ......................... ......................... 14 Student Rights .................................. .. ......................................... 15 Admission Requirements .................... ...................................... 16 Application Procedures ........................................... .. ...... .......... 17 Evaluation Standards ..................... .............................. ........ ...... 18 Academic Policies ............................ ..... ..... .. ..... .... ........... ........... 19 Fee and Payment Schedule ............... .. .. ... ....... .......................... 20 Financial Aid ............................. .... ............................ .................. 22 About Augsburg .............................. ........................................... 25 Campus Guide ........................................... ........................ ......... 26 Campus Location ............................... ........................................ 27 Faculty and Administration ...................................................... 28 ntroduction to the Master of Social Work Program Philosophy The Master of Social Work program at Augsburg College builds on the strengths of its Bachelor of Social Work program: ... Understanding of and respect for diverse people and cultures T A solid foundation in and integration with the liberal arts T Responsibility and service to and with the broader community in the interests of social justice T A focus on client empowerment T Preparation for ethical, competent, professional practice T A framework for practice of problem-solving within a systems perspective. In the Augsburg Master of Social Work Program, individuals are recognized as capable of adaptation, growth and change. Intellectual, physical, spiritual, emotional, psycho-social problems are addressed with clients in relation to the locus of the issues, be they within the individual, the family, the community, or the larger societal systems. Client self-determination, growth and empowerment (personal recognition of one's ability, rights and place in the social change process) are recognized and fostered through support and education. In the interests of social justice and constructive social change, students are educated as professionals to address institutional oppression, e.g. age, race, religion. Professional preparation at the Master of Social Work level at Augsburg is founded on the following assumptions: T Analysis and presentation of complex social issues and solutions must be based on solid research. Augsburg MSW students will develop competencies to conduct, analyze and present practice-based research. T The world is interdependent in all areas, including human needs and the services to address them. Students will become knowledgeable of social welfare policies and programs of the world community which address changing needs. Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule The Master of Social Work Program is designed to meet the needs of adult students, e.g. students who are employed, have family obligations, must travel distances to obtain graduate social work education. Classes will meet during alternate weekends in four hour blocks: Friday evening (one class), Saturday morning and afternoon (two classes). Students will be required to meet one Sunday afternoon per trimester for a program seminar on ethical or other professional issues. urriculum Design Students must complete 18 courses (12, if Professional Foundation is waived), including the Master's thesis and 900 hours of professionally supervised, College-approved social work field experience. The course of study must include the Professional Foundation (unless waived), the Advanced Curriculum, one concentration, and two elective courses. The Professional Foundation is the basic core and is designed for persons whose baccalaureate degree is in a subject or from an institution not accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. These six courses, including 420 hours of Collegeapproved, professionally-supervised field work, must be completed successfully prior to enrollment in the Advanced Curriculum or Concentrations courses. The Advanced Curriculum, required of all students, is the entry point in the program for persons with baccalaureate degrees in social work from institutions that are accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, or by students who have completed successfully the Professional Foundation courses. The Advanced Curriculum consists of three courses, including the introductory courses to both concentrations. Concentrations Concentrations are in two areas: Family Practice and Program Development, Policy and Administration. These concentrations total a minimum of six courses beyond the Advanced Curriculum, including 480 hours of college approved, professionally-supervised field work. Family Practice Family, in its diverse forms, is central to society. "Family'; in this context, is interpreted flexibly as the nurturing system surrounding people. It is inclusive of many areas of need. As a growing number of family-related challenges face society, there is an ever-increasing need for professionals who base their professional practice on in-depth study of the broad spectrum of issues that confront the family . In the Family Practice concentration, students will concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a developmental and wholistic perspective. Program Development, Policy and Administration Social change is necessary for fostering policies and service that respond to human need. The Program Development, Policy, and Administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration. Effective services require participative development, competent practitioners, strong leadership and effective administration. Students following this concentration will develop the abilities and skills necessary to promote and achieve needed change, and develop, lead, guide and administer programs that will serve diverse people in a variety of settings. Electives Students will select two electives beyond the required courses. Master's Thesis All students will complete a Master's Thesis synthesizing research and field practice in their area of concentration. T SWK589 I \ ELECTIVES T SWK 560-579 CONCENTRATION IN PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT, POLICY & ADMINISTRATION CONCENTRATION IN FAMILY PRACTICE T SWK 540 FAMILY PRACTICE T SWK 541 FAMILY PRACTICE T SWK 550 PROCESSES OF PROGRAM II PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT T SWK 551 ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT T SWK 542 FAMILY DIVERSITY T SWK 543 CREATIVE PROBLEM SOLVING T SWK 552 INTER-ORGANIZATIONAL, FOR SUPERVISION COMMUNITY AND POLITICAL RELATIONS T SWK 553 ADVANCED SOCIAL POLICY T SWK 523 FIELD WORK III AND SWK 524 FIELD WORK IV ADVANCED CURRICULUM T SWK 520 INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY PRACTICE T SWK 521 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND ADMINISTRATION T SWK 527 RESEARCH I II \ PROFESSIONAL FOUNDATIONS T SWK 500 HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE 5ocIAL ENVIRONMENT T SWK 501 HISTORY OF SOCIAL WELFARE POLICY T SWK 502 FIELD WoRK I ANJ? SWK 503 FIELD WoRK T SWK 504 RESEARCH I T SWK 505 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK II ourse Descriptions Professional Foundation SWK 500 Human Behavior In The Social Environment This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of the "sustaining environment," and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/ or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. SWK 501 History of Social Welfare Policy This course emphasizes the dynamic nature of social welfare history and current social systems and social policy as they relate to all our lives and especially to the lives of clients, communities and social workers. Comparisons will be made internationally, with a focus on Britain as influencing early U.S. "poor law" and social welfare. Special emphasis will be placed on analyzing the major assumptions, ideas and events which contributed to the rise of the welfare state and the profession of social work. The profession's values, ethics and historical development will also be reviewed. Both theoretically and practically, this course will enable students to assess the development of social welfare with an understanding of the influence of social work and of the development and impact of social policy. SWK 502 Field Work I Students will select their own field placement from a list of Programapproved agencies. Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work setting focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Supportive seminars coordinate an integration of theory and practice, as well as providing the supportive setting for raising social work practice issues with peers. SWK 503 Field Work II Continuing supervised professional experience in the same social work setting, consecutive to Field Work I, focusing on refining previous skills and understanding and moving into new tasks, showing initiative and progressively more independent work over time. SWK 504 Research I Research plays an important role in building knowledge for social work practice. This course will provide an overview of methods commonly used in social science research, in addition to the ethical and applicability concerns in social work research. Research design will be studied using both qualitative and quantitative approaches. Methods of program evaluation will be discussed. This course will examine various approaches to organizing, comparing and interpreting data. Students will have beginning hands-on experience with the use of computers to analyze data statistically. SWK 505 Methods and Skills of Social Work This course identifies basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundation, principles and techniques of Social Work intervention. It provides role play and simulation experience necessary for social work practice with individuals, groups, families and communities. The course also emphasizes system and social change through an introduction to community organization, social planning and social action. Throughout the course, work with a diversity of professional, natural helping networks and client groups is stressed. Advanced Curriculum SWK 520 Introduction to Family Practice Theories and concepts underlying wholistic professional social work practice with families will be explored. This course will address concepts of families in their diverse forms and function in the context of the life cycle of their members, family systems theory, dual perspective, and stressors which may shape or alter family development. Ethical issues of professional social work practice with families are integral to this course. SWK 521 Introduction to Program Development and Administration: Organizational Theory Because social services are commonly carried out through organizations, social workers are usually members of organizations. Thus, organizations and the effective functioning of social workers within them is the focus of this course. With an assumption of "organizations as communities," an overview of theories of organizational development, maintenance and communication will be presented. The contributions of diversity in the agency I community will be an important focus . Social workers' important roles in agencies, as well as professional, ethical, effective functioning in organizations will be explored. SWK 523 & 524 Field Work III & IV The purposes of the Field Support Seminars are (1) to provide the student opportunities to share experiences from his/her practice in a confidential setting; (2) to give and get support, honest feedback, and valid encouragement on issues regarding field placements, in particular, and social work practice with families or in administration/program development, in general; (3) to discuss and help the student integrate course-work into the practice experience and to address the objectives of the course. These seminars accompany the 480 hours of professional supervised field work in the area of concentration. SWK 527 Research II This course offers a practice-oriented exploration of the range of research methods used in social work, a critique of the role of research in assessing effectiveness in the social service delivery, and identification with the responsibility of social workers "to expand the knowledge base" of social work. Building on the basic research skills developed in Research I, students actively adopt the researcher's role in relation to both their current agency experience and their preferred practice setting. The course will enable students to use basic statistical methods for organizing, interpreting and analyzing quantitative data, plus creative techniques for qualitative data. SWK 589 Research III: Master's Thesis The study of research, like all of social work, comes alive in the implementation. A thesis is required of all Master of Social Work candidates so they may experience and learn the utility of research to social work practice, and so they can contribute to the knowledge of social work practice and to the building of social work theory. The Master of Social Work thesis will be based on an area of the student's practice focus. The research - to be selected by the student in consultation with the thesis advisor - will focus on an area of social need, practice, service and/ or policy. Concentrations Family Practice SWK 540 Family Practice I This course builds on content initiated in the Introduction to Families course, focusing in-depth on the "normal" developmental crises of the family across the lifespan, developing problemsolving methods and learning cross-cultural models of practice. Various therapy theories will be introduced and critiqued. Focus on all theories and analysis of service delivery models will center on their relevance to empowerment of families. This course is a prerequisite to SWK 541 Family Practice II and must be taken prior to or concurrent with SWK 523 Field Work III. SWK 541 Family Practice II This course is a continuation of Family Practice I. It will further explore the family as cause and effect in the community in benefitting from or changing social policy. Students will study issues for further discussion, culminating in development of their own service delivery models. Ethical and religious dilemmas (e.g. abortion, euthanasia) will be raised. Advanced study of family developmental issues, focusing on catastrophic events and on empowering families and the profession to take leadership in developing appropriate intervention strategies. SWK 542 Family Diversity This course will examine the various theories underlying professional practice with families in their many diverse forms. Recognizing that the family is the basic institution through which one is socialized, this course will also examine how family membership shapes one's understanding and appreciation of ethnicity, gender roles, sociological script. The course also will explore the impact of discrimination and of political, social, and economic disorder on diverse families. SWK 543 Creative Problem Solving for Supervision This course will examine how social workers can discover their own creative abilities in relation to innovation in social work supervision and practice. The course will examine the relationship of creativity and self-esteem. This course will also explore ways to help others, e.g. workers, clients, agencies and communities to eliminate barriers which inhibit creative responses to problem-solving and practice. Program Development, Policy and Administration SWK 550 Processes of Program Planning and Development Building on the community organization and research foundation (including needs determination and program evaluation), the primary processes of program development study in this course are: techniques of program planning and budgeting, development of necessary community and larger public support, identification and mobilization of resources, and funding proposal preparation. SWK 551 Organizational Development and Administration The activities and skills necessary for effective program administration will be studied including short- and long-range planning; leadership; program implementation and management; personnel recruitment, allocation, supervision and management; social work values and ethics in the workplace; analysis of financial statements; administrative policy, board relations and agency policy implementation. SWK 552 lnterorganization, Community and Political Relations The development and maintenance of constructive relationships with external organizations in both the public and private sectors are critical to successful implementation and management of social service programs. An organization's power to influence social policy is related to such relationships. The development and maintenance of these relationships so critical to the provision of services that address community needs, and the influence of social policy to effect social change will be the foci of this course. Among the topics included are: interorganizational relations, public relations, public information, political activity and leadership. SWK 553 Advanced Social Policy All social workers have impact on the development and modification of social policy whether intentionally or unconsciously. This course will provide an in-depth focus on the development and implementation of social policy at the various levels of the public and private sectors. The various means by which social workers can have intentional impact on policy-making and exercise leadership roles will be studied. Reading, seminars and an internship in the policy area will be included. Electives SWK 560 Issues of Diversity Students will explore the dynamics and impact of a range of diversity issues which are inherent in a heterogenous society, e.g. race, religion, culture, ethnicity, gender, age, mental and physical condition, affectional orientation, and lifestyle. SWK 561 Comparative International Social Policy This course analyzes approaches to social policy in a number of countries. The course expands U.S. perspective by exploring alternative approaches to shared social issues, such as unemployment, day-care, income maintenance, education, personal social service, health and housing. Attitudes toward quality of life and personal values and assumptions arising from a monocultural viewpoint will be reviewed in a global context. The operation, methodology and organizational structure of programs in different countries will be compared with attention to social change and differing socio-political, economic environments. Attention will be paid to the variety of funding sources and partnerships between public and voluntary groups plus the diversity of priorities and traditions which influence an orientation to the public or voluntary sector. The course also builds an awareness of current agencies promoting international social policy and poses our responsibility to be internationally aware. SWK 562 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process This course will explore creativity from traditional aesthetics and from contemporary organizational understanding, showing the similarities and differences in approach. Using creativity as a method, the course will examine techniques for solving problems in social work practice, for enhancing innovation, and for seeking an integrative world view. Systems theory will be studied as an example of an attempt to use an integrative approach to personal and professional behavior. The class will integrate social work with other fields in order to broaden the outcomes of intellectual understanding and self-awareness. A variety of electives based on student-generated topics will be offered in this program. 6tibrary The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry and Art History libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. AJccreditation and Affiliations The Augsburg Master f Social Work program is in the process of e tabli hing candidacy status with The Council on Social Work Education. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central A o iation of Coll ges and Schools. The college is am mber of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), the Lu'theran Edu ation C uncil in orth Am rica and th Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily) mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs will meet the standards of every student, ducational institution, or employer. . .tudent Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for a complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs (330-1160). The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX . Students have the right to inspect all official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. 1Jldmission Requirements The Augsburg Master of Social Work Program promotes the widest possible diversity within its student and faculty populations and across its curriculum content. Therefore, the admissions policies ensureÂ· educational opportunities that include persons from a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs and cultures. Because of the particular nature of the Master of Social Work program, a strong liberal arts background in the behavioral sciences is required including a course in biology that includes study of the human systems, and course work in the social sciences. Applicants who have completed majors in other than behavioral sciences are encouraged to apply and will be given consideration based on their composite assets. Applicants to the program will be assessed on an individual basis according to the following guidelines. Strengths in some areas may balance other areas for development. 1. Bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university. 2. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale (B average) for the last two years of an undergraduate program preferred. 3. A minimum of two years of employment or volunteer experience, one year of which is in the human service area. 4. Personal written statement. 5. Letters of recommendation. 6. Possible interview. A)pplication Procedures To apply, students must submit the following materials to the Department of Social Work: 1. Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable) application fee. 2. Written personal statement and three letters of reference which address the applicant's: T demonstrated ability to work with a diversity of people. T personal qualities including responsiveness to others, judgement, creativity, oral and written communication skills, integrity, leadership potential, and sensitivity to the diversity of people. T potential for successful completion of graduate studies in a professional social work program. 3. Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work from each institution attended which indicate degrees conferred. 4. Possible interview with the committee of the Social Work Department. IB valuation Standards Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Social Work degree will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: . 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Achieves the minimum passing standard p Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) N Does not meet minimum passing standard (no credit and non-punitive -not computed in grade point average) W Grade given when course is dropped I Incomplete grade given in case where student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control. (To receive an incomplete, a student must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor, and any other necessary documentation.) Not more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. Not more tha n two courses with a grad e below 2.0 can b repea ted . Only the credits and grade ea rned the second time are counted in the grade point average. A)cademic Policies Academic Probation and Dismissal Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in a course, the student must petition successfully with the Graduate Program Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program by the Graduate Program Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the Graduate Program Committee for behavior detrimental to the program such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Credit and Contact Hours Each graduate course in the Master of Social Work program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 28 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students may take either two or three courses each trimester. All students are required to complete the program within four years. Extensions beyond four years will be considered on the basis of petition to the Graduate Program Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one term must request a leave of absence in writing from the Graduate Program Committee. Residency Each student must be enrolled in the MSW program for the equivalent of the last year or nine courses. Transfer Students Up to nine courses from a C.S.W.E. accredited MSW program may be transferable if the grades are 3.0 or better. Transfer students must meet the admissions and residency criteria. Advisement The Augsburg Social Work Program requires both academic and professional advisement. Both have the same purpose: to promote student growth, development, and the achievement of personal goals and professional education. Faculty office hours are posted on office doors; in addition, students may meet with faculty at other times by appointment. All social work faculty are available to students, in addition to the advisor the student chooses. Social Work faculty consider advising time a high priority and work to be available. ee and Payment Schedule Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) ............... $25.00 Tuition (per trimester course) ............................... .............. $815.00 (one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable) ........ $100.00 Late Fee . ................................................. ............. ............. .......... $50.00 (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date.) Late registration per day includes incomplete registration as defined: a. Unsigned Registration Form or b. Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Class Meeting .... ................ $5.00 (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ............... $2.00 Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Refund Schedule A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting -100% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after third scheduled class meeting. Payment Options* 1. Payment in Full: Due Day of Registration. 2. Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3. Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 45 days after the end of the term. A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1 % per month on any amount with an open balance of 30 days or more. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full . This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. *A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. inancial Aid ....... Â·:.. In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in three courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time. Two courses is considered part-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) will assist students in assessing financial aid eligibility and offering financial aid from available alternatives, including the following: Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need. Funded Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College provides reimbursement. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in applying please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on standard nationally accepted methodology. Perkins Student Loan - A joint Augsburg Collegefederally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000. SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) - A federal loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12 percent; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Principal may be deferred until student ceases half-time enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's option, accumulate until the in-school deferment ends. Students must apply for financial aid. SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) - A Minnesota State loan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000 cumulative) as an undergraduate with a $25,000 aggregate maxiumum when graduate study is included ($1,000 minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payment begins 13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan) - Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in certain states. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8 percent on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years of undergraduate study and $7,500 per year for graduate study. The cumulative undergraduate and graduate maximum is $54,750. To Apply for Financial Aid 1. Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2. The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall, or the Graduate Program Office). 3. All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid. Forms are available from the College. 4. Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5. Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. â¢ bout Augsburg College History Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are the Riverside Medical Center, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. Campus Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 10 of the 15 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music Hall and Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Accessibility We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. About 51 percent of the students are Lutheran, 15 percent other Protestant and 15 percent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. ampus Guide . . â¢ Â·.Â· . 1. Admissions House 2. George Sverdrup Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. Christensen Center 9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. 2222 Murphy Place 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage II Theatre 15. Center for Global Education 16. Scandinavian Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Youth and Family Institute 19. Office Annex House 20. Tutor House 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership Admissions Parking Student Parking c. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty /Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview /St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only A. B. I6. I Accessible Entrance ~--~- c ampus Location N I I -$- I I I ...... ...... DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th A venue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and north of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside A venue. acuity and Administration Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor of Social Work. Director of Faculty Development. A.B., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosemary Link, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A. Southhampton University; C.Q.S.W., London University (Bedford College); Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vincent Peters, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Loyola College; M.S.W., University of Madras. Mary Lou Williams, Associate Professor of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Edith Kromer, Weekend Librarian. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs. B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa. Maria Woroby, Reference Librarian and Weekend Supervisor. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College_; 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS , MN 55454
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1990-1991
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: 1990 Fall Trimester 1991 Winter Trimester 1991 Spring Trimester * Application Deadline Aug 15 Nov 26 Mar 4 Applicant Pile Completion Deadline Aug 27 Dec 17 Mar 18 Aug 25 Sept 6 Jan Mar 30 Aug 17 Aug 25 S e ~ t6 Dec 14 Jan 3 Mar 22 Mar 30 Sept 7-9 Jan 4-6 Apr 5-7 Jan 6...
Show more 1990 Fall Trimester 1991 Winter Trimester 1991 Spring Trimester * Application Deadline Aug 15 Nov 26 Mar 4 Applicant Pile Completion Deadline Aug 27 Dec 17 Mar 18 Aug 25 Sept 6 Jan Mar 30 Aug 17 Aug 25 S e ~ t6 Dec 14 Jan 3 Mar 22 Mar 30 Sept 7-9 Jan 4-6 Apr 5-7 Jan 6 Apr 7 New Student Orientation Registration (Schedule Confirmation) Mail Deadline New Students/Make-up Classes Begin Last Day t o add or drop Sept 9 class without record notation 3 Last Day t o change grade Oct 21 option 7June 3 ) Nov 18 Classes end Nov 30-Dec 2 Mar 15-17 June 14-16 Final Exams Dec 7-9 Mar 22-24 June 21-23 Final Grades Due Dec 17 Apr Classes Meet Sept Sept Oct Oct Nov Nov Nov Dec Jan Jan Jan Feb Feb Mar Mar Mar 7-9 21-23 5-7 19-21 2-4 16-18 30 -Dec 2 7-9 Mar 11 -- Last Day t o drop a class 1 Apr Apr May May May June June June 5-7* 19-21 3-5 17-19 31 2 14-16 21-23 *Classesin Spring Trimester will be four hours in length instead of three and one-halfhours. See page 34for exact times. Frequently Called Telephone Numbers Weekend College Office .......................................... 330-1782 ........... ............ ..,330-1640 Director, Rick Thoni .................., ... Operations, Laurel Orthmeyer ......... .. .... ...... .... .........330-1740 Admissions ............................................ ................... 330- 1792 Data Entry, Robin Sanderson ...................................330-1652 Secretary, Ruth Danielson ........ ..... .......................... .330-1782 ....,,., 330-1777 Enrollment, Deidre Middleton ....................... Other Campus Numbers: Bookstore, Christensen Center .................................330.1'122 Business Office, Science Hall: Cashier: 8:30 a.m.4:OO p.m. ............................. 330-1028 Billing: 8:00 a.m.4:30 p.m. ...............................330-1790 Education Department, Library Bldg. .......................330-1130 Financial Aid Office, Science Hall ......................... ....330-1046 Counseling and Career Planning, Memorial Hall ......330-1162 Library ..................................................................... 330-1017 Nursing Department, Memorial Hall ........................330-1209 Registrar (transcripts, grades), Science Hall ...............330-1036 General Information .................................................330-1000 Weekend College Office Hours: Monday-Friday - 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. (evening hours by appointment) Office Hours on Class Weekends: Friday - 5:30 p.m.-6:15 p.m., Old Main 12 Saturday - 8:00 a.m.-1:30 p.m., Old Main 12 or WEC office Sunday - 12:30 p.m.-1:30 p.m., Old Main 12 Weekend College Office Location: The Weekend College Office is at 2222 Murphy Place, located on the corner of 23rd Avenue and 7 1/2 Street on the Augsburg College Campus (see map on page 81). This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students. Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog. ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1990.1991 .............................................. FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS 1 .............................2 ......................................... 4 GENERAL INFORMATION ..................... . . Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ...................... .............4 I~lformationSessio~ls........................................................................... 5 Characteristics of the Educational Program .........................................-. 6 ........................................... 7 Student Support Services .................... Career Placeme~lt.............................................................................. 7 Academic Skills Center (Tutoring) ................................................ 7 Veterans of Military Service .............................. ....,., .........................7 Disabled Student Program ................................,.................................7 ...., . . . +. ACADEMIC INFORMATION ........................................................... 8. Degrees and Majors ............................................................................. %. ............... ......................................... . Busi~lessAdmi~listratio~l , 9 Communicatio~l.................... ........................................................ 12 Computer Science ............................................................................ 1 4 Economics .................... ...........................................*........*......... 15 Education ........................................................................................ +15 Teaching Licensure ....................,.... ..,......................................... 17 Coachi~lgEndorseme~lt..................................... ..,............................ 17 ..............18 English ...................... . ............................................. Management Illformation Systems (MIS) .........................................19 Nursing ..................... ..*... ...... 20 Psychology ........................................................... ..............+........21 .............................................................. Religioll ..................... . . 21 Social . * . . *Work . . . . . .................... . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 22 Minors ............................................................................................... 23 ..............2 3 Math Placeme~ltGroup Requirements ................................. . , . Dean's . List . ................................. . . . . 24 Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal ..........................................24 ..,.,.. . . .....-.. .... Attendance Policy .......................................... 25 ..................................... Department Course Limits ...................... ..... 25 ............................................ Grading Procedures ............................ .... 25 Withdrawal from College .............................. . ................................. 27 Graduation with Distinction ................................................................ 27 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) ................,.......+......,............... 28 . . . . CLASS SCHEDULE 1990-1991 ........................................ .................................. 3 COURSE DESClUPTIONS ...................... . . 7 ...........75 ADMISSIONS/FINANCIAL INFORMATION .........*............, ...........75 Admissions Requirements and Procedures ............................. , ..................................................... Fi~la~lcial Aid ............................ . . 76 Fees and Payment Schedule ................... ,,.............................................7 8 Payment Options ......................... 78 Refund Schedule .............................,..................+..................... ...........79 Tuition Refund Policy ...........................................~................~..~.....~a 79 .... ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE .........*....................................... ........................,.. .,,.............................80 CAMPUS GUIDE ....................... . .........................*................................. 81 CAMPUS LOCATION ............................ . . . . . . . ...................................82 Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College Purpose Augsburg Weekend College provides an educatio~lalalternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. I t is a means by which men and women may earn a bachelor's degree, gain skills for professio~laladvancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the lnen and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, self-disciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroo~nexperience and individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. AlternateWeekends T o accommodate this format for learning, classes meet o n alternate weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.* Each class selected by the student illvolves comlnitmellt t o one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by attending class every other weekend. Community of Learners I I Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. Learning can be ellhanced when the t y provides opportunity and student is i~lvolvedin a stable c o ~ n m u ~ l ithat encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the classroom. This comm~ulitywill be enriched by the presence of both Inen and wolnen with a varietv of work and life experiences. --- ~ T o facilitate this kind of comrnu~lityinteraction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college center, t o take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional lunchtime seminars, and t o attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presen' tations and athletic events. ' I I * Laboratory sections or additional class hours way be scheduled on evenin~sduring the ~veelz. J J I Information Sessions Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Ofice (330-1782) to receive further details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: For Fall Trimester, 1990 Tuesday, May 15 Saturday, June 2 Saturday, June 23 Tuesday, July 10 Saturday, July 28 Thursday, August 9 5:30 PM 9:OO AM 9:OO AM 5:30 PM 9:OO AM 5:30 PM For Winter Trimester, 1991 Saturday, October 6 9:OO AM Thursday, November 1 5:30 PM 9:OO AM Saturday, November 17 For Spring Trimester, 1991 Saturday, January 26 9:OO AM Thursday, February 7 5:30 PM 9:OO AM Saturday, February 23 For more information write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office Augs burg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 612/330-1782 FAX: 612/330-1695 Educational Mission For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence jn selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal growth. " Accreditation and Affiliations Augsburg College is hlly accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Sc.hools and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, and the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. 'II I Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the aualitv of the educa- Faculty Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the premajor stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. Library Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 150,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Internshivs 1 Student Support Services Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a college education, working 011 their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access t o expert academic advising services on an on-going basis t o provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the ad~nissio~ls process. Career Planning Services Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educatio~laland career plan for the individual involved. Academic Skills Center (Tutoring) This center exists t o help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center. Counseling/Support Groups Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work o n a perso~lalgrowth interest or concern or who simply want t o have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics and/or interests. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Vetera~ls Training. Veterans should c o ~ ~ s uwith l t the Office of the Registrar about completio~lof the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information t o the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.) American Indian Support Program Staff from this program are available t o assist students in the areas of financial aid, admissions, academic and personal counseling. Disabled Student Programs Learning disabled st~tdentshave average or above average intelligence but have difficulty achieving their fill1 potential. Services available t o such students include: diagnostic evaluation, educational planning, learning aids and remedial instruction. If students are concerned that difficulties in school are more than just temporary problems, they can discuss their learning style with the Coordi~latorof Disabled Students or the learning disabilities specialists, and arrange assessment and structures assistance t o increase their potential for academic success. Physically challenged students also are served through this office. Individualized attention and services are provided for and/or coordinated t o meet the mobility needs of students. ademic Information egrees and Majors Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree program or to continue their education after beginni~lgat another time or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The followi~lginformation outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.) Bachelor's Degree The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through combinations of transfer of previous college credit, assessment of previous learning experience, and Weekend College courses. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) I~lcluded in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, 11 upper division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements): w One approved course from each of seven areas: 1. Art/Music 2. History/Philosophy 3. Economics/PoliticaI Science 4. English/Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (devoted to the study of literature) 5 . Psychology 105/Sociology 121 (or the equivalent transfer course) 6. Chernistry/Biology 7. Matl~ematics/Pl~ysics w A course in writing (English 111) or demonstrated proficiency a Two courses or demonstrated competence in a second language w Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies w One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies. 35 total courses, a student must demonstrate proficiency in two lifetime sports. w I n addition to the Majors Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 11 separate majors, several with a number of career concentrations. A minor also is available in several o f these academic areas as well as in Sociology and Women's Studies. (See page 23 for details.) Business Administration This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, marketing and international business. T o provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of 1 0 business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Core Courses All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will com plete the following core courses: I I I I I I BUS/MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS BUS 22 1 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS BUS 33 1 Financial Management BUS 391 Business Law ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 31 1 Public Finance or ECO 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 315 Money and Banking ECO 3 1 3 Intermediate Microeconomics Accounting Concentration Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in addition to the core: I BUS BUS BUS BUS or BUS or BUS 322 323 324 326 Accounting Theory and Practice I Accounting Theory and Practice I1 Managerial Cost Accounting Tax Accounting 423 Auditing 425 Advanced Accounting Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the remaining courses in the 326, 423 and 425 sequence. Finance Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS BUS BUS ECO or ECO or MIS 322 433 438 318 Accounting Theory and Practice I Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Investment Theory Management Science 41 5 Managerial Economics 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS BUS BUS ENG PHI 324 326 399 223 120 Managerial Cost Accounting Tax Accounting Internship Writing for Business and the Professions Ethics International Business Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in international business will complete 11 of the 12 core courses (ECO 31 1 or 312 or 315 is not required) and the following: BUS BUS BUS BUS or BUS ECO Three 362 466 465 399 International Business International Marketing International Management Internship 499 Independent Study 360 International Trade and Finance semesters of a foreign language Management Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in management will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 318 Management Science PSY 373 Organizational Psychology or SOC 349 Complex Organizations Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS ENG PHI PSY SOC SOC SOC SPC SPC 399 223 120 371 336 375 265 111 354 Internship Writing for Business and the Professions Ethics Psychology of the Individual Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Social Psychology Racial and Minority Group Relations Public Speaking Interpersonal Communication Marketing Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 450 Marketing Management ECO 41 5 Managerial Economics BUS 355 Marketing Communication Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics SPC 35 1 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion Business Minor BUS 22 1 Principles of Accounting I BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 33 1 Financial Management ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Master of Arts in Leadership Weekend College students should be aware that Augsburg College offers a Master of Arts in Leadership degree. This unique program offers multi-disciplinary liberal arts courses with a specific focus on leadership issues in profit and not-for-profit organizations. Designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults, these graduate program classes meet on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. For information on this master's degree program, please call 330-1786. Communication Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part upon the quality of our communication. The communication major at Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in a variety of contexts and to improve communication skills. All communication majors must complete a core group of eight required courses, supplemented by five electives in one of the following concentrations: public relations and advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory management. Prospective majors should meet with a departmental adviser as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Required Communication Core SPC 11 1 Public Speaking SPC 342 Mass Communication in Society SPC 35 1 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 355 Small Group Communication Any two of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227 Communication Electives With the help of an academic adviser, students select five elective courses in one of the following concentrations: public relations and advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory management. Listed below are some of the electives recommended for each concentration: Public Relations and Advertising Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are strongly urged to take ENG 227 (Journalism) as part of the major. BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS BUS 355 Marketing Communications ENG 226 Creative Writing ENG 227 Journalism PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 349 Complex Organizations SPC/ART 132 Photography SPC/ART 224 Publication Design SPC/ART 225/230 Visual Communications I, I1 SPC 345 Organizational Communication SPC 399 Internship SPC 480 Public Relations/Promotiona1 Communications Marketing Communications BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 355 Marketing Communications BUS 450 Marketing Management SPC 399 Internship SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionaI Communications Human Relations PSY PSY SOC SOC SOC SPC SPC SPC SPC 373 48 5 231 265 349 329 345 399 480 Organizational Psychology Counseling Psychology Sociology of the Family Racial and Minority Group Relations Complex Organizations Intercultural Communication Organizational Communication Internship Public Relations/Promotional Communications Supervisory Management BUS/MIS 175 Computers in Business, Economics and MIS BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 35 5 Marketing Communications BUS 440 Operations Management PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 349 Complex Organizations SPC 345 Organizatio~lalCommunication SPC 399 Internship SPC 480 Public Relations/Promotiona1 Communicatio~ls Communication Minor SPC 111 Public Speaking SPC 342 Mass Communication in Society SPC 351 Argumentation or SPC 352 Persuasio~l SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 345 Organizatiollal Communication or SPC 355 Small Group Communication Any one of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227 Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a communication faculty adviser. Computer Science At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Computer Science courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. In addition, an increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This major serves students studying/working in a wide variety of fields. Some courses may need to be taken in an evening schedule. Students should meet with a faculty adviser as soon as possible to plan their course of study. Introductory Courses CSC CSC MAT MAT 170 210 171 124 Structured Programmiilg Data Structures Discrete Mathematics Calculus I Core Courses CSC CSC CSC CSC 320 330 345 450 Algorithms Theory of Computation Principles of Computer Organization Priilciples of Programming Language Three electives from the following, two of which must be selected from courses with an asterisk: *CSC 270 CSC/PHY *CSC 340 *CSC 352 CSC 399 *CSC 445 CSC 495 CSC 499 CSC 491 Fortran 261 Electronics Digital Communications and Computer Networks Database Management and Design Internship Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Advanced Topics in Computer Science Independent Study Computer Science Colloquium is required for all juniors and seniors. This no-credit course meets weekly. Computer Science Minor Six courses including the four introductory courses and two of the core courses. Economics This major is also available in the Weekend schedule. However, one course (ECO 414) may need to be taken on an evening schedule. Students are encouraged to meet with a faculty adviser as soon as possible to carelidly plan their program of study. BUS 22 1 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 11 3 Principles of Microeconomics ECO/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS ECO 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 3 1 3 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 414 Welfare Economics MAT 114 Elementary Functions Three additional upper division economics courses Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: ECO/MIS MAT 124 MAT 125 MIS 370 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS Calculus I Calculus I1 Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS Economics Minor ECO 112, 113, 312, 313 and one additional upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Education Teaching Licensure Teaching licensure programs are offered for Kindergarten-Elementary and selected Secondary fields through Weekend College. Individualized programs are worked out with an adviser in either Elementary or Secondary education. T o be admitted to the Education Department the student will have achieved an overall 2.5 G.P.A. plus a 2.5 G.P.A. in his/her major field. All professional courses with the exception of Clinical Experience and Student Teaching are available on a weekend schedule. In addition to Kindergarten-Elementary, Augsburg Weekend College grants secondary licenses in English-Language Arts and Social Studies. Students may also work individually on the following majors offered in conjunctio~lwith day school: French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-9), Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas of Art (I<-12), Band (K-12), and Classroom Music (5-12), Orchestra (K1 2 ) and Classroom Music (5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (I<-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (5-12), and Physical Education (I<-12). Contact an Education Department adviser for information in your field of study and for an application for admission to the Department of Education. Students entering the licensure program in Fall, 1989, or later and wanting I<-6 licensure, must take EDE 375. All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department and take a PPST test before beginning professional education courses (those numbered in the 300-400 level). Any course grade below 2.0 must be retaken. Elementary Education EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (.5 course) EDE 35 1 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 363 Clinical Experiences (.5 course)* EDE 364 I~lterdisciplinaryStudies (.25 course) EDE 375 Discovery in the World of Itindergarten (.5 course) EDE 376 I<-El Social Studies (.25 course) EDE 377 K-El Science (.25 course) EDE 379 I<-El Art (.25 course) EDE 380 K-El Music (.25 course) EDE 382 I<-El Math (.5 course) EDE 386 Children's Literature (.5 course) EDE 387 Language Arts (.5 course) EDE 388 I<-El Health (.25 course) EDE 389 I<-El Physical Educatio~l(.25 course) EDE 4 8 1 Student Teaching EDE 482 Student Teaching EDE 483 Student Teaching EDE 484 Student Teaching E D U 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course)* E D U 341 Media Technology (.5 course) E D U 388 Human Relations (.5 course) H P E 114 Safety Education (.5 course) H P E 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course) SWI< 260 Humans Developing College Level Math Course Academic Minor or Second Major *Field Experience Separate Applications for student teaching must be completed by October 30, 1990, for Winter/Spring Student Teaching 1991 and March 30, 1991, for Fall Student Teaching 1991. Students must be admitted to the Education Department before they can be considered for student teaching. I Secondary Education EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course) EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5 course)* EDS 353 Creating Learning Enviro~llnents EDS 4 7 7 School and Society Seminar (.5 course) EDS 481 Student Teaching EDS 482 Student Teaching EDS 483 Student Teaching EDS 484 Student Teaching E D U 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course)" E D U 341 Media Technology (.5 course) E D U 388 Human Relations ( . 5 course) H P E 114 Safety Education (.5 course) H P E 115 Chemical Dependency ( . 5 course) SWIG 260 Humans Developing Special Methods in Licensure Field *Field Experience Separate Applications for student teaching must be completed by October 30, 1990, for Winter/Spring Student Teaching 1991 and March 30, 1991, for Fall Student Teaching 1991. Students must be admitted to the Education Department before they can be considered for student teaching. Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in Social Studies Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must complete a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology (the History major is described below) plus seven courses (ECO 112 or 113, Human Geography, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336). Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. History Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of these four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Coaching Endorsement Students interested in adding a coaching endorsement must complete these courses in Physical Education: 353, 475, 482, and 489. Individuals must hold a valid Minnesota Teaching License to qualify for the coaching endorsement. Prerequisite: BIO 103: Human Anatomy and Physiology English Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps us understa~idwho we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us conte~nplatethe pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the conte~nplationof works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concer~ledwith individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and deternlining structures. With speech and comm~~nications, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. Major: Nine courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one o n literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a n u ~ n b e rofwriters (336, 337, 423). Majors are encouraged t o take ENG 245 early in their college work and to co~lsulttheir departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. Note on Prerequisites: ENG 1 11 is strongly reconl~nendedbut not a prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division course is successh~lcompletion of a Lower Division literature course or consent of the instructor. Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. English-Language Arts Teaching Major: Ten courses, including those listed under the major, a course in the English language, and an internship in the teaching of writing. One course must include a component in non-Western literature. In addition, the ACTC courses Communications Skills in the English Classroo~nand Teaching Mass Media are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Several of the required courses, including the internship, are not offered o n weekends. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order t o meet the professional require~nentswithin the Education Department as well as requirements in the major. Students in this program who are transferring fro111other colleges should consult the English Department chair soon after enrolling. Minor: Five courses above 111 including one course in British literature and one writing course above the freshman level (223, 225, 226, or 227). Management Information Systems (MIS) This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of information management. The major combines courses and skills from both the business and computer science majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting. Students should meet with their adviser as soon as possible to plan their program. MIS Major BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 33 1 Financial Management ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 3 1 3 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 318 Management Science CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures MAT 121 Finite Mathematics MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS or CSC 352 Database Management and Design MIS 375 Management Information Systems in Organizations MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design MIS 476 Information Systems Projects Students in this major should seriously consider one or more of the following courses: PHI 130 Logic MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS MAT 114 Elementary Functions or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences MIS Minor BUS BUS or BUS MIS MIS or CSC MIS MIS or ECO or MIS 221 Principles of Accounting I 242 Principles of Management 252 Principles of Marketing 175 Computers for Business, Eco~lomicsand MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS 352 Database Management and Design 375 Management Information Systems in Organizations 475 Systems Analysis and Design 318 Management Science 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Nursing Augsburg Weekend College offers registered nurses an upper division nursing major as a second step toward the co~npletio~i of the Bachelor of Science degree.* Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing, this major is a professiollal program that is accessible on weekends t o nurses who are unable t o attend classes during the weekdays. Classes are primarily scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major may have additional class o r lab hours beyond the weekend schedule. Preparation for school nurse lice~lsureis available. Admissions Procedures Admission to the nursing program includes first being accepted into Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page 75. As candidates for the nursing major, RNs must demonstrate evidence of co~npletionof an associate degree or diploma program, current llursing practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may take general education courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing major, further progress in the major is continge~ltupon: at a college or university of the prerequisite 1. Satisfactory cornpletio~~ courses: Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition, I~ltroductorySociology and I~ltroductoryPsychology. 2. A cu~nulativegrade point average of at least 2.5. 3. Successful completion of testing t o validate lower division nursing knowledge. * Graduates of the program are elkible t o apply to the Minnesota Department of Health for certification as a public health nurse. Please see the Augsburg College general catalog for complete information about the nursing major (pp. 154- 157), includi~lgadditional special fees for entrance and exit testing (p. 23). Required Courses in the Nursing Major NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR 305 306 310 31 1 330 350 403 404 423 427 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication* Co~ltemporaryNursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing* Commu~lityHealth Nursing I* Commu~lityHealth Nursing 11: Practicum** Trends and Issues in Nursing* Introduction to Nursing Research* Contemporary Nursing 111: Families* Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management* Practicu~nin Nursing I: Nursing of the Family** Practicu~nin Nursing 11: Leadership and Management** * These courses may require extra class or lab sessions. **These courses require extra time and cost for clinical ~vorlz. Required Supporting Courses PHI or REL PSY 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care 4 8 3 Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course 353 Brain and Behavior Psychology Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observatio~land data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and interact with each other. Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, i~lcluding experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, pl~ysiological psychology, 11uman development, personality and computer applications. All psycl~ologymajors MUST have an adviser in the Psychology Department. The following courses in the Psycl~ologycore will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of their program: PSY 264,265, 381,493. This may delay an individual student's ablility to complete the major in the Weekend schedule. Required courses will be available regularly in the Weekday schedule. Core Courses PSY PSY PSY PSY PSY PSY 105 264 265 381 399 493 General Psychology Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I1 Psychology in Historical Perspective Internship Seminar: Contemporary Issues Four additional upper division courses such as PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child, PSY 373 Organizational Psychology or PSY 485 Counseling Psycl~ology.Students should consult with their adviser regarding these major electives. Minor Five courses including PSY 105, with a minimum of two courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from PSY 299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Religion Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian Church have influenced the Western world to a degree much greater than is sometimes recognized. The student encounters this influence in studying language, literature, history, values and political structures. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful through a better knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian Church, and by a larger acquaintance with tl~eologicalthougl~t. Large segments of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from those prominent in the West. The Depart~nentof Religion also seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions. Core Courses REL REL REL REL REL 111 221 356 481 495 Introduction to Theology Biblical Studies History of Religions Contemporary Theology Seminar Major Electives Three additio~lalReligion courses approved by the department chairperSOll. Religion Minor Five courses approved by the department chairperson. Note: It is important for Religion majors to consult with the department chairperson during their first year at Augsburg College. Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken at other colleges call be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. Completion of this major may require enrollment in one or more courses offered in an evening schedule. Social Work Accredited by the Cou~lcilon Social Work Education, the Bachelor of Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed field experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an appreciatio~lfor the needs, concerns, and values of the i~ldividualsand groups who constitute today's multicultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College includes seven courses from the Departments of Psychology, Biology, and Sociology. Conce~ltrationsare possible in the areas of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an important cornpollent of the program. Social Work Core Courses* SOC SWIC SWIC SWIC SWIC SWIC SWIC SWIC SWIC SWIC SWIC SWIC SWIC 365 257 260 361 363 364 461 462 463 465 466 467 469 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Exploring Human Services Humans Developing Social Kesponse to Human Needs Methods and Skills of Social Work Field Work I Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Field Work I1 Community Developme~ltand Orga~lizatio~l Social Policy: Analysis and Developme~lt Field Work I11 (.5 course) The Social Worker as Professio~lal Field Work IV Required Supporting Courses * BIO PSY SOC SOC SOC SOC 101 105 121 231 265 375 Human Biology General Psychology Principles of Sociology Sociology of the Family Racial and Minority Group Relations Social Psycl~ology *Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the program. Social Welfare Minor Six courses i~icludiilgSWIC 257 or department approved alternative internship, SWIC 361, 463; PSY 351 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and POL 121 or 158 or 325, or SWIC465. Minors In addition t o minors offered in Business, Communication, Economics, English, MIS, Psychology, Religion and Social Welfare (listed under each respective major), Weekend College studellts are able t o complete minors in the followiilg areas: Sociology Minor Five courses including S O C 121 and two upper division courses (numbered 300 and above). Women's Studies Minor Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives (one of which must be upper division) and INS 495 or 499. A student's program must have the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator. Approved electives from other academic departments: ART 352 Women's Art History ENG 282 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction Mathematics Placement Group Requirements MIS 1 7 5 , 2 7 9 , 4 7 9 ; CSC 170,210; and all 100-level MAT courses have Math Placement Group requirements. Since all majors in Business, Economics or Management Information Systems must take MIS 279, all students in these areas must have at least MPG 111. Other specific courses such as SOC 365 and PHY 1 0 3 also have MPG requirements. Please refer t o thc course description for ally given course t o determine if there is an MPG requircd by the department. Some instructors require MPGs in courses they teach. This should be noted in the syllabi for their course(s). The Math Placement Requirement can be met by transfer courses, Augsburg coursework or the Math Placement Assessment. This Assessment is given at New Student Orientation each trimester, or by appointment during the academic calendar year. (The Math Department may disregard math courses talten more than five years ago, or may choose to lapse an MPG gi\len more than five years ago.) Dean's List The Dean's List is co~npiledafter each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of two full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no i~lcompletesin courses offered for credit. Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman - a student who has taken fewer than 7 courses cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher Sophomore - a student who has taken fewer than 16 courses cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher a student who has taken fewer than 2 5 courses Junior cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher a student who has taken 25 o r more courses Senior cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher. It should be noted that a ~ninimumGPA of 2.0 is required for graduation with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. Students whose academic acl~ievementfalls below these guidelines will either be placed 011 scl~olasticprobation at the end of the term, o r will be continued on probation, or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal fro111 the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's coln~nit~nent t o academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not t o dismiss a student. Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission t o re-enroll. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels stated above. St~tdentsplaced on probation as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes t o sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days t o the Conlmittee on Student Standing. Attendance Policy It is expected that students attend every class. If a student knows she/he will miss more than one class meeting, she/he should not register for the course. Some faculty/courses require 100 percent attendance for a student to earn a passing grade. Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester plus Finals Class Weekend. Some courses meet for the entire period on Finals Class Weekend. Classes marked with an asterisk ( * ) on the Class Schedule require additional class meetings, the dates and times of which are either listed on the course syllabus or determined by the class at the first meeting. Depending on the course, these additional meetings are either required or optional. Department Course Limits Augsburg College's graduation requirements allow a maximum of 1 3 courses from each department except in certain approved majors (Social Work, Nursing). Business Administration, Economics and Management Information Systems are considered different departments for graduation requirement purposes. Grading Procedures Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examina tions. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 14 traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements in the Augsburg College general catalog. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 is graded only on the P/N grading system and some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English 111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.O, N. Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where this is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice of gkading system must be made according to the dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes made after registration. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. 0.5 0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Grade of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of an extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file an Application for Incomplete form with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a registration as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year a new registration would be necessary. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). The charge for auditing a course is listed under Fees and Payment Schedule. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of fall and winter terms as follows: Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from college must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination weekend unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal From College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude - 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude - 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude - 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA T o qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a bachelor's degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition: CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive academic credit in August College. CLEP exams are available in a variety of general and specific subject areas. For more information, contact Weekend College Admissions (330.1792) or the regional CLEP center at the University of Minnesota (624-3323). Departmental Assessment Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and d o not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the essential components of the course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Ofice (330.1036). CAI? (Credit Assessment Process) This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). I 1990 Fall Trimester Class Schedule Friday Evening (6:OO-9:30) BIO BUS BUS BUS ECO EDE EDE EDE EDE EDS EDU EDU ENG MAT NUR NUR PHY POL PSY PSY REL SOC SPC SPC SWK 185 35 5 242 391 112 350 379 382 387 350 264 388 331 131 305 350 103 342 105 325 363 265 111 345 260 Biology of Aging Marketing Communications Principles of Management Business Law Principles of Macroeconomics Creating Learning Environments (9/7 - 11/2)(.5) K-El Art (9/7-10/5) (.25) K-El Math (10/19-12/7) (.5) K-El Language Arts (10/19-12/7) (.5) Reading in the Content Areas (9/7-11/2) (.5) Orientation to Education (9/7-11/2) (.5) Human Relations (9/7-11/2) (.5) British Literature: Chaucer to the Elizabethans Math for the Liberal Arts* Contemporary Nursing I: Communication* Introduction to Nursing Research Physics for the Life Sciences* Mass Communications in Society General Psychology Social Behavior Religion in America Racial and Minority Group Relations Public Speaking Organizational Communication Humans Developing Saturday Morning (8:30-12:OO) BIO BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS CHM ECO ECO ECO EDE EDE EDE EDE EDS ENG ENG MAT MAT 103 22 1 222 242 324 362 109 112 113 31 3 363 376 377 388 352 227 245 103 124 Human Anatomy and Physiology* Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Principles of Management Managerial Cost Accounting International Business General Chemistry* Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Clinical Experience (.5) K-El Social Studies (10/20-11/17) (.25) I<-El Science (9/8-10/6) (.25) K-El Health (9/8-10/6) (.25) Clinical Experience (.5) Journalism* Introduction to Literature Basic Mathematics* (no credit) Calculus I* Computers for Business, Economics and MIS Music Therapy: Clinical Overview Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Contemporary Nursing 111: Families* Introduction to Philosophy Mass Communications in Society General Psychology Biblical Studies Public Speaking Persuasion Community Development and Organization MIS MUS MUS NUR PHI POL PSY REL SPC SPC SWK Saturday Afternoon (1:1 5 4 4 5 ) ART BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO ECO EDE EDE EDS EDU EDU ENG ENG ENG HIS HPE NUR PHI POL PSY REL REL SOC SPA SPC SWK 352 221 242 252 322 391 170 11 3 3 12 380 386 353 264 341 111 225 351 222 114 423 130 160 355 111 345 121 111 354 361 Women'sArt History Principles of Accounting I Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Accounting Theory & Practice I Business Law Structured Programming Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Macroeconomics K-El Music (11/17-12/8) (.25) Children's Literature (9/8-11/3) ( 5 ) Creating Learning Environments Orientation to Education (9/8-11/3) (.5) Media Technology (9/8-11/3) ( 5 ) Effective Writing* Intermediate Expository Writing* American Literature Since 1920 U.S. History Since 1877 Safety Education (E/S) (9/8-11/3) Practicum in Nursing I: Families * * * Logic* World Politics Brain and Behavior Introduction to Theology Lutheran Heritage Principles of Sociology Beginning Spanish I* Interpersonal Communication Social Response to Human Needs Sunday Afternoon (1:15-4:45) ART BUS BUS BUS BUS EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS 132 221 252 33 1 423 35 1 364 389 364 366 Photography Principles of Accounting I PrinciplesofMarketing Financial Management Auditing Techniques for Teaching Reading Interdisciplinary Studies (10/21-11/18) (.25) K-El Physical Education (9/9-10/7) (.25) English Methods Foreign Language Methods (9/9-11/4) (.5) ENG HIS HPE MIS MIS MIS REL SOC SOC SPA Effective Writing* The American City Chemical Dependency (10/21-12/9) (.5) Computers in Business, Economics and MIS Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Management Information Systems in the Organization History of Religions Principles of Sociology Racial and Minority Group Relations Beginning Spanish I* Evening Courses CSC HPE 340 002 Digital Communications and Computer Networks (Thurs.) Lifetime Sports: Racket Sports (TBA) Student Teaching* * Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are available during fall trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis. *Extra class or lab sessions required. **Additional clinical fee required. 1991 Winter Trimester Class Schedule Friday Evening (6:OO-9:30) ART BUS BUS ECO EDE EDE EDE EDS EDU ENG ENG INS MAT NUR PHY PSY REL SOC SOC SPC SWIC 224 242 252 112 363 388 389 352 341 111 261 201 131 306 106 373 263 121 265 354 260 Publication Design Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Principles of Macroeconomics Clinical Experience (.5) K-El Health (3/1-3/22) (.25) K-El Physical Education Methods (3/1-3/22) (.25) Clinical Experience (.5) Media Technology (1/4-2/22) (.5) Effective Writing* Modern Fiction Introduction to Women's Studies Math for the Liberal Arts* Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing* Introductory Meteorology* Organizational Psychology World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View Principles of Sociology Racial and Minority Group Relations Interpersonal Communication Humans Developing Saturday Morning (8:30-12:OO) BIO 101 Human Biology BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 362 Marketing Research & Analysis BUS 391 Business Law BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice CHM 110 Organic and Biological Chemistry* CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 379 K-El Art Methods (1/4-1/25) (.25) EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (1/4-2/22) (.5) EDE 387 Language Arts (1/5-2/23) (.5) EDU 264 Orientation to Education (1/5-2/23) (.5) EDU 388 Human Relations (2/9-3/23) (.5) ENG 111 Effective Writing* ENG 336 British Literature: 17th & 18th Century MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra* (no credit) MIS 279 Quantitative Methods in Business, Economics and MIS NUR 310 Community Health I* NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV* POL 342 Mass Communications in Society PSY 105 General Psychology REL 445 The Bible, Language and Interpretation SOC 375 Social Psychology* SPC 111 Public Speaking SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Saturdav Afternoon (1:15-4:45) Principles of Accounting I1 BUS Principles of Marketing BUS Accounting Theory and Practice I1 BUS Financial Management BUS International Management BUS Microeconomics ECO Managerial Economics ECO Creating Learning Environments (2/9-3/23) (.5) EDE K-El Science (1/5, 1/12, *2/2 a.m.) (.5) EDE Children's Literature (2/9-3/23) (.5) EDE Creating Learning Environments (2/9-3/23) (1.O) EDS School and Society (1/5-2/23) (.5) EDS Writing for Business & the Professions* ENG Topics: Women and Fiction ENG Beginnings of Western Culture HIS Chemical Dependency Education (E/S) (1/26-3/16) (.5) HPE Finite Mathematics* MAT Discrete Mathematics* MAT Computers for Business, Economics and MIS MIS Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, BUS Economics and MIS Ethics of Medicine and Health Care PHI Environment and Behavior PSY I I REL 111 REL 221 SOC 121 SPA 112 SPC 352 SWK 466 Introduction to Theology Biblical Studies Principles of Sociology Beginning Spanish 11* Persuasion Field Work I11 Sunday Afternoon (1:15-445) I I I ART BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ECO ECO EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDS FRE GER HPE HPE HPE INS MIS MIS NOR SPA SPA 106/306 Calligraphy 222 Principles of Accounting I1 242 Principles of Management 326 Tax Accounting 440 Operations Management 113 Principles of Microeconomics 3 1 3 Intermediate Microeconomics 3 15 Money and Banking 282 Introduction to Special Education 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (3/3-3/24) (.25) 375 Disc. in the World of Kindergarten (2/10-3/24) (.5) 376 K-El Social Studies (1/6-1/27) (.25) 380 K-El Music (1/6-1/27) (.25) 375 Social Studies Methods (2/9-3/23) ( . 5 ) 111 Beginning French I* 111 Beginning German I* 114 Safety Education (E/S) (1/6-2/24) (.5) 353 Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise 489 Coaching Practicum (.5) (time to be arranged) 231 Religion in African American History 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design 111 Beginning Norwegian* 111 Beginning Spanish I* 112 Beginning Spanish 11* - Student Teaching* - * I Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are available during winter trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis. Lifetime S ~ o r t s HPE 002 I Lifetime Sports: Beginning Aerobics (TBA) *Extra class or lab sessions required. **Additional clinical fee required. 1991 Spring Trimester Class Schedule Fridav Evening (6:OO-10:OO) BUS 242 BUS 252 BUS ECO EDE EDE EDE EDS EDU EDU ENG ENG HPE INS MAT MUS PHY REL SOC SPC SPC SWK Principles of Management Principles of Marketing ~nteriational~ a r k e t i * ~ Principles of Macroeconomics Creating Learning Environments (5/17-6/21) (.5) K-El Music Methods (5/31-6/21) (.25) K-El Math Methods (5/3-6/14) (.5) Creating Learning Environments Orientation to Education (4/5-5/17) (.5) Human Relations (4/5-5/17) (.5) Effective Writing* European Literature: Homer to Dante Safety Education (4/6-5/18) (.5) Women in American Culture Math for the Liberal Arts* Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Astronomy* History of Religions Principles of Sociology Public Speaking Public Relations/Promotional Communications Humans Developing Saturday Morning (8:OO-12:OO) BIO BUS CHM CSC CSC ECO ECO EDE EDE EDS EDU ENG ENG ENG HIS HPE MAT MIS NUR PHI PHI POL PSY REL REL SOC SPC SWK 108 391 100 145 450 113 318 35 1 377 350 341 111 226 282 225 115 114 279 427 120 130 342 105 221 483 375 35 1 467 Microbiology* Business Law Chemistry for Changing Times Computing for the Liberal Arts Principles of Programming Languages Principles of Microeconomics Management Science Techniques of Teaching Reading I<-El Science (6/1-6/22) (.5) Reading in the Content Areas (4/6-5/18) (.5) Media Technology (4/6-5/18) (.5) Effective Writing* Introduction to Creative Writing* Topics in Literature Tale of Twin Cities Chemical Dependency (4/6-5/18) ( 5 ) Elementary Functions* Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership & Management* * * Ethics Logic Mass Communications General Psychology Biblical Studies Christian Ethics Social Psychology Argumentation Social Worker as Professional I I I I 1 Saturdav Afternoon (1:OO-500) BIO 105 Biology and Society BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 2 i 2 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management BUS 425 Advanced Accounting BUS 438 Investments BUS 450 Marketing Management CSC 210 Data Structures ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 311 Public Finance ECO 360 International Trade and Finance EDE 363 Clinical Experience (.5) EDE 386 Children's Literature (4/6-6/1) ( 5 ) EDE 388 K-El Health Methods (4/6-5/4) (.25) EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5) EDS 477 School & Society (4/6-6/1) (.5) ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions ENG 327 Advanced Journalism* HPE 475 Prev./Care of Athletic Injuries (4/8-5/18) (.5) MIS 370 Advanced Personal Computing NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing* POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes PSY 105 General Psychology REL 369 Religious Imagination in Modern Literature* SOC 349 Complex Organizations SPC 360 Interpretive Reading SPC 355 Small Group Communication SWK 469 Field Work IV Sunday Afternoon (1:OO-5:OO) Drawing ART Principles of Management BUS Human Resource Management BUS Principles of Microeconomics ECO Intermediate Microeconomics ECO Interdisciplinary Studies (4/7-5/5) (.25) EDE I<-El Art Methods (6/2-6/23) (.25) EDE K-El Language Arts (4/7-5/19) (.5) EDE K-El Physical Education Methods (4/7-5/5) (.25) EDE Beginning French II* FRE Beginning German 11* GER Coaching Theory of Sport HPE Coaching Practicum (-5)(time to be arranged) HPE Computers for Business, Economics and MIS MIS Information Systems Projects MIS Beginning Norwegian 11* NOR Introduction to Theology REL Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC Quantitative Methods & Program Evaluation SOC Beginning Spanish 11* SPA Student Teaching** Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are available during spring trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis. TBA NUR 31 1 Community Health Nursing 11* * * *Extra class or lab sessions required. **Additional clinical fee required. arse Descriptions ART 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. Distribution: Urban Concerns; Art/Music ART 106/ 306 ART 107 Calligraphy Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis o n the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on practice in calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundational, italic, Gothic and unicial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper division students are required t o complete demonstration sheets in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Distribution: Art/Music Drawing Drawing in graphite pencils, pens, and pastel pencils. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. Distribution: Art/Music ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and techniques in acrylic and oil. Distribution: Art/Music ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm single lens reflex camera (materials will cost $125-$150). Distribution: Art/Music Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major Publication Design An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinating visual images and typography with content in publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters, books, and miscellaneous publications. Students design and produce a publication as a group project. Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising ART 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type, and pictorial images. Emphasis will be placed on the creative thought process. Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Distribution: Art/Music ART 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Distribution: Art/Music ART 352 Women's Art History A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts - as artists, as subjects, and as patrons. Distribution: Art/Music, Urban Concerns/Minority Studies Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor (upper division) BIO 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempts to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influences does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Biology Major: Required supporting course in Social Work BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and hnction of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may riot receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology Major: Required prerequisite for BSN major/Coaching Endorsement BIO 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non- renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology or Urban Concerns BIO 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the field of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses, health majors or consent of the instructor. (Prereq: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Does not apply t o major or minor.) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major BIO 185 The Biology of Aging At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. Distribution: Chemistry/Biology BIO 231 The Biology of Women The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and hnctioning of the female human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen in the history of biology. Distribution: Chemistry/Biology or Women & Minority Studies Computers for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 175) BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core and MIS major BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling process, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: BUS 22 1) Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core and MIS major BUS 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and Supervisory Management majors in Communication BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Pri~lciplesof basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Major: Required in the Busi~lessAdministration core, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and Marketing Cornmunications major Quantitative Methods for Business Economics, and MIS (See under MIS 279) BUS 322 Accounting Theory & Practice I An analysis of accountillg theory pertaining to fi~la~lcial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus account, currellt and long-term assets. (Prereq: BUS 222, E C O 113) Major: Required in the Accou~ltingand Finance majors (upper division) BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 An analysis of accoullti~lgtheory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination collsideri~lgprice level changes. (Prereq: BUS 322) Major: lcequired in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost system, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq: BUS 222, 242, 252, MIS 279 or consent of instructor) Major: lcequired in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal illcome taxes for i~ldividualsand various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq: BUS 221, 331, E C O 112, 113, or consent of instructor) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 331 Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq: BUS 222, E C O 113) Major: Required for Business Ad~nillistratio~l core and MIS major (upper division) BUS 340 Human Resource Managenlent Personnel functio~lin business, acquisition and utilization of human resources, desirablc working relatio~~ships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242) Major: lcequired for Business M a n a g e m e ~ major, ~t elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq: BUS 252, ECO 113, MIS 279 or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the Marketing Communications major (upper division) BUS 355 Marketing Communications A look at the communications aspects of marketing by integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion, and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs, particularly advertising; selection of media; copy-creative effort; advertiser-agency relationship; management of the personal selling function including sales force selection, compensation, territorial design, and performance appraisal. (Prereq: BUS 252) Major: Required in the Marketing major, elective in Marketing Communications major, Public Relations/Advertising major, or Supervisory Management (upper division) BUS 362 International Business Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. (Prereq: Two business and economics courses or consent of instructor) Major: Required in International Business major (upper division) BUS/MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business, Economics, and MIS (See under MIS 370) BUS 391 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) BUS 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and control for accounting systems. (Prereq: BUS 323) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 425 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, gover~lmentalaccounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq: BUS 323) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Advanced financial theory; a system approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis o n decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq: BUS 331) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq: all core courses or consent of instructor) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, nonprofit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational co~ltrol information systems. (Prereq: BUS 242) Major: l<equired in the Business Management major and an elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing rnallagemellt and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selli~lgand promotion policies. (Prereq: BUS 352) Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the Marketing Communications major (upper division) BUS 465 International Management A comparative study of management styles across cultures. Models will be reviewed and developed which consider the implications of culture on the effective~lessof particular styles of leadership, human resource management, and strategic management. Major: Required in the Inter~latiollalBusiness major (upper division) BUS 466 International Marketing This course is devoted to those issues and practices which are unique to marketing a product and service in an inter~~atiolial setting. Topics include international environmental scanni~lg and analysis; comparative marketing research; strategic planning; and marketing mix issues in multinational markets. Major: Required in the I~lternationalBusiness major BUS/MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 479) BUS 495 Topics: Risk Management and Insurance A study of risk management. Emphasis on the fiulction of (1) determination of exposure to risk; ( 2 ) analysis of risk and losses; (3) methods of combating risks; and (4) administration of risk insurance program. How to recognize and evaluate the property liability and personnel risks facing a business, a nonprofit organization, a government unit, or an individual or family. How to select and deal with an insurer. Public policy issues such as availability of i~lsura~lce are examined to identify and evaluate the role of insurance in the financial framework of the economy. Major: Elective for Business Administration major (upper division) CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times This is a non-laboratory chemistry coursc based o n the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but cl~emistrycan help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry nor does it meet any prerequisite chemistry requirements. Distribution: Chemistry/Biology CHM 109 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's upper division program). Open also to other students. First term, general chemistry pri~lciplesand an introduction to organic chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chen~istry/Bioloby Major: l<equired prerequisite for Nursing major CHM 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Continuation of C H M 109. Organic and biological chemistry with special applicatio~lsto human physiological chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemist~y. Distribution: Chemistry /Biology Major: Required for Nursing major CSC 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts An i~ltroductio~l to computers, programming, and computer applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for stude~ltsin non-science arcas. Does not apply toward the computer science major or minor. CSC 170 Structured Programming An introduction to computers, problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. This course provides a foundation for further studies in computer science. (Prereq: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or MIS 279 or Math Placement Group IV) Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors CSC 210 Data Structures Data Structures and their implementation, recursion, searching and sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods using Pascal. (Prereq: CSC 170. Coreq: MAT 121 or 171) Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors Electronics (See under PHY 261) CSC 270 Fortran Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq: CSC 170 or another programming language course) Major: Elective for Computer Science major CSC 320 Algorithms A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq: CSC 210 and MAT 124) Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 330 Theory of Computation Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata, computability, and computational complexity. Topics include Turins machines, Church's thesis, the halting problem, and unsolvability. (Prereq: CSC 210 and MAT 124) Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq: CSC 210) Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization An introduction to computer architecture, processors, operating systems, instruction sets, and assembly language programming. (Prereq: CSC 210) Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 352 Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (Prereq: CSC 210) Major: Elective for Computer Science and MIS major (upper division) CSC 399 Internship A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative Education Ofice as well as the computer science internship supervisor. Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq: CSC 345) Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics, BNF, parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures, and the runtime environment. (Prereq: CSC 210) Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 491 Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developments in the field and about interesting ideas that don't arise in courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are welcome. All seniors give a talk. Other sessions are presented by faculty members or outside visitors. Major: Required for Computer Science major (no credit) CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq: Consent of instructor) Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and the department. ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core, and MIS major ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 112. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq: MPG I1 ) Distribution: Economics/Political Science Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core and MIS major Computers for Business, Economics and MIS (see under MIS 175) Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 279) ECO 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq: ECO 112, 113; strongly recommend ECO 3 13) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core, elective for Economics major (upper division) ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq: ECO 112) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core, required for Econo~nicsmajor (upper division) ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq: ECO 113) Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core and MIS major (upper division) ECO 3 15 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq: ECO 112,113) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core, elective for Economics major (upper division) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq: ECO 313) Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS major, one of a choice of three required courses for the Finance major, elective in Economics and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) ECO 360 International Trade and Finance A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis of international trade; balance of payment; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (Prereq: ECO 112, 113 or consent of instructor) Major: Required for International Business major, elective for Economics major (upper division) ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq: ECO 313, MIS 279) Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice of three required courses in the Finance major, elective for Economics major (upper division) ECO/MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See MIS 479) EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments: KindergartenElementary (. 5 course) The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological, sociological and neuro-scientific theories. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 351 Techniques for Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading problems. Field placement requirement included in this class. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 363 Kindergarten-Elementary Clinical Experiences (.5 course) Includes 160 hours in-class experience. Register for two seminar sessions in addition to the 160 hours. A video tape of classroom or simulated teaching will be prepared by each student. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Students must apply in the Education Department for Clinical at least two months prior to date they intend to begin Clinical. Enroll for course approximately half-way through the I<-Elementary course sequence. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 364 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for integrating specific skill developments through various subjects at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 375 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course) This class prepares the student for the unique experiences and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. Major: Required for I<-6 licensure (upper division) EDE 376 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 377 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Science (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 379 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 380 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Music (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: EDU 264) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: EDU 264) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Art (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: EDU 264) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 388 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Health (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 389 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Physical Education (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 481, 482,483, 484 EDS 350 Student Teaching K, K-6,or 1-6 Students must apply to student teach by Oct. 30 for Winter/ Spring 1991 Student Teaching and March 30 for Fall 1991 Student Teaching. A minimum of three courses (481,482, 483) unless otherwise advised by the department. Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Admission into the Education Department is required prior to student teaching placement. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizatio~lsis required. (Prereq: All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of Department for exception.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 352 Clinical Experience ( .5 course) Students must apply in the Education Department for Clinical Experience at least two months prior to the date they intend to begin Clinical Experience. Students should enroll for course approximately half-way through the Secondary course sequence. I~lcludes70 hours in-school experiences, seminars. Membership in a professional teacher organization is required. Major: Kequired for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of teaching and learning in the context of educational, psychological, sociological and neuro-scientific theories. Major: lcequired for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq: EDU 264 and EDS 353 or consent of instructor.) Major: Required for Secondary Education English Language Arts major (upper division) EDS 366 Foreign Language Methods (.5course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) Major: Required for Secondary Education Foreign Language major (upper division) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of social studies and history in secondary classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Major: Required for Secondary Education Social Studies major (upper division) EDS 477 School and Society (.5 course) The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society. Current major issues in education will be studied. Students should enroll as closely as possible to the same term as their student teaching. (Prerequisite: EDU 264, EDS 353 and Methods in Subject Area) Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 481, 482, 483, 484 EDU 264 Student Teaching Students must apply to student teach through the Education Department by Oct: 30 for Winter/Spring 1991 Student Teaching and March 30 for Fall 1991 Student Teaching. Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. A minimum of three courses, except four courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Membership in a professional organization is required. (Prerequisite: ALL Secondary Education and major coursework successfully completed or permission of the Department for an exception.) Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course) Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession as students evaluate their interest and suitability for a career in teaching. Open to all students. Suggested as first course to be taken. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education major EDU 341 Media Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audiovisual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education major (upper division) EDU 388 Human Relations (.5 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education majors (upper division) ENG 111 Effective WritingEmphasis is o n exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. Distribution: Required for graduation ENG 209 Grow Old Along With Me This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and novelists have to say about the aging process. Students will be expected to interview older people to discover how they feel society regards the aging. Distribution: English/Speech ENG 223 Writing - for Business and the Professions A practical course designed with emphasis on expository writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use the material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq: ENG 111 or equivalent) Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration ~najor,meets one writing requirement for Co~nmu~lication major, an elective for English major. ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical ~nodes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, compariso~land contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and orga~lizationalmatters tl~roughthe course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq: ENG 1 11 or equivalent) Major: Required for English major, meets one writing requirement for Communication major. ENG 226 Introduction to Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to introduce stude~ltsto the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction but including journal keeping, drama, and creative prose. (Prereq: ENG 1 11 or equivalent) Major: Meets one writing requirement for Comlnunication major, an elective for Englisl~major. ENG 227 Journalism This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and television as well. Students will consider: how t o recognize news, how to gather and verify facts, and how to cover basic copy preparation and editing practices. This includes all introduction t o legal and ethical questions faced by journalists. (Prereq: ENG 111 or equivalent) Major: Required for Public Relations major, meets one writing requirement for Communication major, an elective for English major ENG 240/ 340 ENG 245 The Short Story The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology. It is an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity. Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for English major Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Strongly recommended for English major ENG 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets American literature requirement ENG 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the Twentieth Century. Some non-Western writers will be included. Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for English major ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example, the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets Western tradition requirement ENG 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period A study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets Western tradition requirement ENG 282/ 482 ENG 327 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian Literature. Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, and Women and Fiction. Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for English major Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing Emphasis is placed first on interviewing and then on organizing and writing the interview story. The second half of the course will concentrate on editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prerequisite: ENG 227) Major: An elective for English and Communication majors (upper division) ENG 331 British Literature: Chaucer to the Elizabethans Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 336 British Literature: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 337 British Literature: The Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. Distribution: English/Speech, Urban Concerns Major: Meets American literature requirement (upper division) ENG 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing or English as a Second Language and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the departmei~tchairperson. (Upper division) ENG 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its Eighteenth Century beginnings up to the Twentieth Century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the Twentieth Century as the dominant literary form. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirements (upper division) ENG 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 499 Independent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. FRE 111 Beginning French Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Distribution: Foreign Language FRE 112 Beginning French Continuation of FRE 111 Distribution: Foreign Language GER 111 Beginning German For students with no previous background. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. Distribution: Foreign Language GER 112 Beginning German Continuation of GER 1 11 Distribution: Foreign Language HIS 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 162 20th Century South Asia This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which proceeds our modern day. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 331 A Tale of Twin Cities: Minneapolis/St. Paul 1883-1988 A local history course using the Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan area as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic trends, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, urban politics and reform. Field trips included. Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division) HIS 440 Topics in World History This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division) HPE 114 Health and Safety Education (.5 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors HPE 353 Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise and Sport Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq: BIO 103) Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper division) HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.5 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq: HPE 353) Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper division) HPE 482 Coaching Theory of Sport The psychology of coaching, coaching theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching athletics. Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper division) HPE 489 Coaching Practicum (.5 course) Theory and practice of sports techniques included with supervised field experience in coaching consisting of no fewer than 40 clock hours. The practicum must be done in grades 7-12 over an entire sport season and in a school setting in a state high school sponsored sport. Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper division) INS 201 Introduction to Women's Studies This multidisciplinary course will introduce students to the contributions of women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts and how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen from women's perspectives. Students will also study the history of the women's movement, diversity of women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation and class, and other contemporary issues raised by feminists. Distribution: Urban Concerns/!Women's Studies Minor: Required in Women's Studies minor INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historic origins of women's roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor INS 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor INS 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study. T o be completed after the introductory course and electives. Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor (upper division) INS 499 Independent Study In consultation with a faculty member and with the approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study. Required of minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar. Minor: Elective in Women Studies minor (upper division) MAT 103 Basic Mathematics A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system, exponents, radicals, and evaluation of algebraic expressions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Test. Meets weekly. (Prereq: Placement Group I. P/N grading only.) MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra A self-paced course for students needing to review basic algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include operations with polynomials and rational expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Meets weekly. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11. P/N grading only.) MAT 114 Elementary Functions A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. For students planning to take MAT 124 or 171. Students who have completed 124 or 171 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. Meets weekly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Math Placement Group 111) Distribution: Math/Physics Major: Strongly recommended for Business Administration major prior to taking MIS 279 MAT 121 Finite Mathematics Topics in finite mathematics (combinatorics, probability, matrices, linear programming and graph theory) of primary interest to students in the social and behavioral sciences, business and information science. Students who have completed MAT 171 may not register for credit. (Prereq: MAT 104 or MPG 111) Major: Required in MIS major MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed MAT 124 may not register for credit. Meets weekly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Placement Group 111) Distribution: Math/Physics MAT 124, 125 MAT 131 Calculus I, I1 Differential and integral calculus, including calculus of several variables and series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences, integrated with topics from plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily for students in mathematics or the sciences. (Prereq: MAT 114 or Placement Group IV for 124; MAT 124 for 125.) Math for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further mathematics. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Placement Group 111) Distribution: Math/Physics MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics Topics in discrete mathematics such as sets and logic, combinatorics, probability, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra, and graph theory of primary interest to students in Computer Science and Mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 121 may register for credit only with consent of the instructor. (Prereq: Placement Group IV.) Major: Required for Computer Science major MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MS-DOS, Lotus 123 (graphic, database and logical functions) and dBASE (index, query and view). May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect, and Minitab). T o test out of MIS 175, pass either a comprehensive exam or MIS 370. (Prereq: Math Placement Group I1 or Pass in MAT 103) Major: Required in Business Administratio11 and Economics core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory Management major. MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation. Emphasis is placed on their use in applied problems in Business and Economics. Minitab may be required. (Prereq: MIS 175 and either Math Placement Group I11 or Pass in MAT 104) Major: Required in the Business Administration and Economics core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory Management and Public Relations majors MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS An investigation of programmable systems. Examine basic algorithms and associated flowcharts and psuedocode. Apply these concepts by programming some of these software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus, dBASE, Minitab, and Word Perfect. (Prereq: Math Placement Group I11 or Pass in MAT 104; MIS 175 or CSC 170 or with extensive knowledge of Lotus and DOS which has been verified by instructor. Major: One of two choices in MIS major (upper division) MIS 375 Management Information Systems in Organizations Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in organizations. Review the features of computers (hardware and software) and various types of information systems. May involve several case studies: review the business needs, summarize the relevant finding (hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options and communicate the recommendations. Learn to use a CASE tool such as Excelerator for systems analysis. (Prereq: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175 or 370. Consult with the instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223.) Major: Required in MIS major (upper division) MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate various representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Prereq: MIS 375) Major: Required in MIS major (upper division) MIS 476 Information Systems Projects Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq: MIS 475) Major: Required in MIS major (upper division) MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Utilize computer systems relevant to quantitative analysis: Lotus, Minitab, SPSS or MathCad. Investigate statistical descriptions, statistical inference and analysis of variance. Investigate linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq: MIS 175, 279 and either Math Placement Group IV or grade of 2.0 or higher in MAT 114, 121, 122, or 171. Recommended: MIS 370 and ECO 318) Major: Recommended in MIS major and one of a choice of three required courses in the Finance major (upper division) MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Pine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music NOR 111 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language NOR 112 Beginning Norwegian Continuation of NOR 111. Distribution: Foreign Language NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication A transitional course that introduces the components of the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. A communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is negotiated. Interactive and group theories are explored for their applicability to changing professional roles and practice. (Prereq: or concurrent enrollment: PSY 355) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing AII introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. (Prereq: NUR ?05) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 3 10 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on community health delivery systems and the practice of nursing within them. Concepts of health are examined as they apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health related assessment and exploring a community health issue. Ethical issues related to community health decision making with aggregate groups are explored. (Prereq: NUR 330) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum** This course provides a basis for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Prereq: NUR 3 10) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) **This course involves an additional clinical fee. NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. (Prereq: NUR 306, REL 483 or PHI 380, or concurrent enrollment) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq: NUR 330, may be taken concurrently with NUR 310) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Families This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content includes family as a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq: NUR 311, NUR 350, may be taken prior or concurrently with NUR 423) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Prereq: NUR 403) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family** A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from NUR 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in selected practice setting. (Prereq: NUR 403 or concurrent enrollment) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) **This course i~lvolvesan additional clinical fee NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management** This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from NUR 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected agency setting. (Prereq: NUR 404 or concurrent enrollment) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) **This course involves an additional clinical fee NUR 432 Topics in Nursing A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studies will vary depending upon the needs and interests of the faculty and students. (Prereq: Senior standing or consent of instructor. 011 demand.) Major: Elective for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the students to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. Major: Elective for Nursing major (upper division) PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Methods Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely are they critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purpose of this course is to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. Distribution: History/Philosophy PHI 120 Ethics Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condem~lit as wrong, Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgements about personal and social issues resulting from them. Distribution: History/Philosophy Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration major PHI 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Distribution: History/Philosophy Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration and MIS major PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Distribution: History/Philosophy Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing major (upper division) PHY 101 Astronomy A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies that requires elementary algebra. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and 8-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected not only to illustrate f ~ ~ n d a m e n tal principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirements for the liberal arts student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 111) Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will bc given to four basic areas: observing the weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: Math/Physics P H Y 11 1 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of thc historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. St~tdyof mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the mcaning of Twentieth Century physics and of the role of electronics and colnputers in modern society. Microconip~itcrswill be used extensively in the laboratory. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 261 Electronics A review of AC and D C circuits and study of analog electronics co~nprisesthe first half of the course. The second half , includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq: PHY 103, 111 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125) Major: Elective for Co~nputerScience major POL 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Distribution: Economics/Political Science POL 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. Distribution: Urban Concerns or Economics/Political Science Major: Required for the Communication major (upper division) Topics in American Politics: Uses of Mass Communications This course offers advanced study in mass communications. Topics include "Comparison of World Wide Media Systems," "The Role of Government Regulations and Law in Shaping American Mass Media," "The Impact of Media on American Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is desirable to have taken If not, talk with instructor POL 342 Mass Commu~~icatio~~s. before registration.) Distribution: Economics/Political Science (upper division) PSY 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major subareas, is emphasized. Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Major: Required for Psychology and Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced courses in Psychology PSY 264/ 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I, I1 A two-term sequence including experimentation in human learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensationperception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both courses in sequence in consecutive terms. Major: Required for Psychology major PSY 355 Brain and Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and wakefi~lness,motivation and cmotion, learning and memory and mental disorders. (Prereq: PSY 105 and one course in biology) Major: Kequired prerequisite course for Nursing major (upper division) PSY 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has o n behavior. Major topics include: overcrowdi~lgand environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environme~ltssuch as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq: PSY 105) Distribution: Urban Concerns Major: Elective for Psychology major (upper division) PSY 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and mainte~la~lcc of work effectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq: PSY 105) Major: Required for Busi~lessManagement major and elective for Psychology major and three Commu~licatio~l majors (upper division) PSY 38 1 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical developme~ltof psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq: two psychology courses) Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division) PSY 399 Internship Prior to the beginning of the trimester in which a student desires an internship, interested students should consult with the Departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register for this course. Grading is on a P/N basis. Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division) PSY 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the cou~lseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Students with two or more completed courses in Psychology will have priority in registration. Others rnay be accepted if space is available AND if they receive consent of the instructor.) Major: Elective for Psychology and Human Relations major (upper division) PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq: five PSY courses) Major: lcequired for Psychology major (upper division) REL 11 1 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major REL 215 Archaeology and the Bible Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Distribution: Religion Major: An elective for Religion major REL 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major REL 263 World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust of global hunger including the root causes, the i~ltercon~lected~less of other issues, the biblical mandate and the role of justice education. Attitudes toward poverty and wealth, justice and charity, oppressio~iand liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be to build greater global awareness, become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us for action and responsible living, and explore pedagogical principles for social justice. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective for Religion major REL 353 Denominations and Religious Groups in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denomi~latio~ls and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division) REL 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary docume~ltsfrom these religious communities. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major (upper division) REL 360 Religion and Society An exami~lationof the i~lteractionof religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major (upper division) REL 363 Religion in America A study of the developmellt of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division) REL 445 The Bible, Language and Interpretation A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understandi~lgthe biblical text. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division) REL 475 Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chataqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division) REL 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian tl~eologicalthought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major (upper division) REL 483 Christian Ethics The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major, REL 4 8 3 or PHI 380 required for Nursing major (upper division) REL 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of curre~ltpsychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, Vikta Frankl, Ernest Becker, and to those Christian theologians who have been influe~lcedby them. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division) REL 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in their junior or senior year. Others by per~nissio~l of instructor. Major: Required for Religion major (upper division) SOC 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its application to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. Distribution: Sociology/Psychology Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major SOC 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context from a sociological perspective. Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major and an elective in the H ~ ~ m Relations an major SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group - Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) Distribution: Minority Studies Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major and elective supporting course in the Business Ma~lageme~lt major SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The concept of culture examined in a~lthropologyand in the way we see and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq: SOC 121 or consent of instructor) Major: Required for Social Studies major, recommended elective in Business Management major (upper division) SOC 349 Complex Organizations There is little in contemporary American life that is not somehow affected by organizations. This course sociologically exami~les(both theoretically and empirically) how organizations survive as entities and what life is like for people within those organizations. Through lecture, discussion, guest speakers, and participation we will explore the topics of organizational goals, technology, structure and process; as well as corporate and white collar deviance, gender issues, and organizational change. (Prereq: SOC 121 or permission of instructor) Major: Recommended elective in Human Relations, Public Relations/Advertisi~lg, and Supervisory Ma~lagementmajors (upper division) SOC 365 Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Co~lsumeroverview of methods of organizing, cornparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing eq~iipmentfor statistical analysis. Designed for social work majors. Not to be taken by sociology majors. (Prereq: Level I11 Math Placement Test) Major: Required in Social Work major SOC 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group," its relationships to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: SOC 121) Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major, elective supporting course for Business Management major (upper division) SPA 11 1 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Distribution: Foreign Language SPA 1 12 Beginning Spanish Continuation of SPA 11 1 Distribution: Foreign Language SPC 11 1 Public Speaking Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students have the opportunity to give several speeches and receive feedback about their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening. Major: Required for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major SPC 222 Introduction to Theatre A survey of dramatic art including dramatic structure, principles, and values with a focus on major historical periods, plays, and artists. This class will discuss the basic concepts of the play production process. Distribution: English/Speech SPC 224 Publication Design (See under AKT 224.) SPC 329 Intercultural Communication This course will explore both the problems and potential of com~nunicationbetween persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal sy~nbolswill be examined in this course. Major: l<ecommended supporting course in Human Relations major (upper division) SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under POL 342.) SPC 345 Organizational Communication An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizatio~lalsettings. Focuses on topics such as superiorsubordinate relationships, formal and i~lformalcommunication networks, management styles, power and authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performa~lce appraisal, effective use of meetings, and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance commu~licatio~l skills of both managers and subordinates. Students both investigate the literature on organizatio~lal communication and attempt to apply it to their own experiences in organizations. Major: Elective for three of the Commullicatio~lmajors (upper division) SPC 351 Argumentation Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion, and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in analyzing argumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding test for evidence and fallacies in reasoning, and learni~lgto apply priilciples of argume~ltatio~l to contemporary public issues. Students have the opportunity to enhance their skills in debate and discussio~land also learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their daily lives. (Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of instructor) Major: Required for the Commu~licatio~l major (upper division) SPC 352 Persuasion Theory of how people are i~lfluencedto change attitudes and behavior. The course deals with a broad range of topics, includi~lgobstacles to persuasion, cultural dime~lsio~ls of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals, empirical research in persuasion; how persuasio~~ is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media o n persuasion; and ethical issues related t o persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotio~lal projects. (Prereq: SPC 111 or co~lsentof instructor) Major: Required for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Marketing major (upper division) SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. This course combines theory and practice to help the student understand and manage commu~licatio~l problems more effectively. Major: Required for Commu~licationmajor, elective supporting course in Business Management major (upper division) SPC 355 Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis o n factors related to decision-making, styles of leadership and conflict management. This course combines lecture with practical experience to help the student become a more effective and productive member of a small, task-oriented group. (Prereq: SPC 354) Major: Required for Communication major, recommended for supporting course in the Busi~lessManagement major (upper division) SPC 360 Interpretive Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Study, u~lderstandingand practice in reading prose, poetry and drama before small and large groups. Distribution: English/Speech (upper division) SPC 421 Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics (See under POL 42 1.) SPC 480 Public Relations/Promotional Communication Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and non-profit organizations. Major: Elective in all Commu~licationmajors (upper division) SWK 257 Exploring Human Services With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Indepe~ldentstudy with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Career exploration: open t o all students. Major: Required in the Social Work major SWK 260 Humans Developing This course provides the knowledge basic t o an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of the "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populatio~ls and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. Open to all students. Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary/ Secondary Education ~najor SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and diversity of professio~laland client groups. The major assumptio~lsand social movements whicl~ have contributed to the charitable and governmental re- sponses t o human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq: Junior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups with a diversity of professio~lalsand client groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. (Prereq: SWK 361, Junior) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professio~lalexperience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: SWIC 361, Junior, concurrent with SWIC 363) Major: Kequired in the Social Work major (upper division) I SWK 46 1 Advanced Methods and Skills E~llargeme~lt and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptations of the problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis o n development of gelleralist practice skills and eclectic approaches with focus on diversity of professio~lalsand client populatio~ls.Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq: 2.0 in SWK 363 and 364, candidacy status, concurrent with SWIC 462) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 462 Field Work I1 Progressively responsible supervised professio~~al and social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or commu~litiesin a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: concurrent with SWIC 461, candidacy status) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 463 Community Development and Organization Locality developme~ltand social change through c o ~ n m u ~ l i t y organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical forms of commu~lityorganization and social change; 2 ) understanding the theories, basic issues and strategies relevant t o social protest and change; 3 ) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of commu~lityorganizations; and 4 ) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. Open t o all students. (Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor) Distribution: Urban Co~lcer~ls Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with an elected public policy maker. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq: SWK 361,463 and Senior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 466 Field Work I11 Continuation of SWK 462. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK 461,462,463) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 467 The Social Worker as a Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK461,462,463) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 469 Field Work IV Continuation of SWK 466. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK 466, concurrent with SWK 467) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) Financial Information Admissions Requirements and Procedures Who May Apply I Men or women who have: 1. Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate. 2 . Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or previous college work. 1 I Admissions Process 1. Complete the application form and return it along with the $15 application fee to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. 2 . Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates. I 3. The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the application materials and notify students regarding acceptance and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may request that the student submit a personal statement or have a personal interview with a Weekend College faculty/staff member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee. 4. Students who are transferring previous college work to the Weekend College program will be informed with their acceptance notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be completed for the bachelor's degree. 5. Students who wish to apply for financial aid should refer to that section of this bulletin. Application Deadlines Fall Trimester 1990 -August 15, 1990 Winter Trimester 1991 - November 26, 1990 Spring Trimester 1991 - March 4, 1991 Financial Aid Company Tuition Assistance Program Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-oriented college programs. Augsburg provides a payment plan by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Grants and Scholarships Pel1 Grant This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who take at least one course in Weekend College. Awards range from $250-2,300 per year. Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for state residents who take one course at Augsburg. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to Minnesota residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on financial needs. Awards ranged from $100 to $3,546 for 1989-1990. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College students who show academic potential and have financial need. Loan Assistance Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least halftime. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $9,000, and $18,000 if graduate study is included. Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan) - Loan hnds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8%on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250 and $54,750 for graduate students. Applications are available at the College and some banks. SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) -A Federal loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12%;payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Students must apply for financial aid. SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) - A Minnesota State Loan Program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000 cumulative) as an undergraduate with a $25,000 maximum for graduate students. ($1,000 minimum.) Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal and interest begin 12 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. To Apply for Financial Aid 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Financial A d Ofice will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall, or the Weekend College Ofice). 3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid. 4 ) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. I I Refund Schedule A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% (less a $75 Administrative Fee if withdrawing from current term entirely) Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No rehnd after the third scheduled class meeting. I I The refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. All rehnds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit balance is determined. Please allow two weeks for a refund. Tuition Refund Policy I I I I If a student is forced to withdraw because of accident or illness, whether a physical or mental health problem, the refund may include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment. Requests for this additional refund must be made to the Petitions Committee and must be accompanied by a written report from the attending health professional stating the inability for, or inadvisability of, continued study. Students charged on a single-course fee basis who have completed payment of assessed tuition may choose between this partial tuition rehnd and a tuition-free course retake credit. A retake credit may be used only to repeat the same course from which the student withdrew. This choice between rehnd and tuition-free retake credit must be made at the time of the request to the Petitions Committee, and the choice of monetary refund or retake credit may not be changed subsequently. Students should be aware that their choice of refund or retake credit may adversely affect their financial aid eligibility and that they bear h l l responsibility for the effects of their choices. Retake credits must be used within one academic year or the next time the course is offered if that is longer than one year. History I I I Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 9 4 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are the Riverside Medical Center, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. Campus Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 1 0 of the 1 5 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music Hall and Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Accessibility We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. About 51 percent of the students are Lutheran, 1 5 percent other Protestant and 1 5 percent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy A ~ ~ g s b u College rg does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. Ausburg College 1. 2. 3. 4. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortensen Tower Urness Tower Christensen Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Music Hall 2222 Murphy Place Melby Hall Ice Arena Stage I1 Theatre Center for Global Education Scandinavian Center Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center for worship, ~ r a h and a Communication 18. Youth and Family Institute 19. Office Annex House 20. Tutor House 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C . Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty/Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only Accessible Entrance Find A a ~ s b a r ~ I I I From Minneapolis Interstate 9 4 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. I From St. Paul Interstate 9 4 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located o n 7th Street between 21st and 2211d Avenues and north of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parlung lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue. DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS
Show less

Title: Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) Catalog, 1990-1991
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP ~ ,-, ... ',' .. 1 ,..~ ,-, '!1 ,-...',.. .·,,-1,, " \\ ~,. 1- I 11- ,_'\: / - \ ; ' I \I - \ .- - ..... ,_ ,,, ' t"'-,-,, ,-, - _,,_ - ,;, - 4' - ' I AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1990-1991 . . .·:'J .·I Those who hope to lead had better understand both rat...
Show more MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP ~ ,-, ... ',' .. 1 ,..~ ,-, '!1 ,-...',.. .·,,-1,, " \\ ~,. 1- I 11- ,_'\: / - \ ; ' I \I - \ .- - ..... ,_ ,,, ' t"'-,-,, ,-, - _,,_ - ,;, - 4' - ' I AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1990-1991 . . .·:'J .·I Those who hope to lead had better understand both rationally and intuitively the people who might be their followers, and the society in which they are embedded. They had better comprehend the values of our common culture, past and present, know how our political and economic systems work, and understand how and why science has changed the world ... Leaders need specialists as advisers and staff members. But leaders themselves are generalists ... At higher levels of leadership they cannot achieve their full potential without considerable breadth of knowledge. Only this way can they shape the contexts for decisions where expert knowledge is used. - John Gardner Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 • nformation Sessions Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in Leadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester. Please call the Master of Arts in Leadership Office (330-1786) for details or to register for one of these information sessions: Saturday, April 21, 1990 Thursday, May 24, 1990 Thursday, June 21, 1990 Tuesday, July 17, 1990 Saturday, October 20, 1990 Saturday, February 23, 1991 Saturday, April 20, 1991 Thursday, May 23, 1991 Thursday, June 20, 1991 Tuesday, July 16, 1991 Tuesday, August 6, 1991 For more information write or call: Master of Arts in Leadership Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 9:00-11 :00 6:00-8:00 6:00-8:00 6:00-8:00 9:00-11:00 9:00-11 :00 9:00-11 :00 6:00-8:00 6:00-8:00 6:00-8:00 6:00-8:00 AM PM PM PM AM AM AM PM PM PM PM Information Sessions .............................................................. .. .. 2 Calendar for 1990-'91 ................................................................. 4 Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership .................. 6 Leadership Development Model ............................................. 7 Curriculum Design ............................................. ........................ 9 Course Descriptions ........................................ ..... .................... 10 Graduate Faculty ...................................................................... 13 Library ........................................................................................ 13 Accreditation and Affiliations ................................................ 13 Student Support Services ........................................................ 14 Student Rights ........................................................................... 15 Admission Requirements ........................................................ 15 Application Procedures ......................................................... .. 15 Deadlines ................................................................................... 16 Evaluation Standards ......... ...................................................... 16 Academic Policies ..................................................................... 17 Fee and Payment Schedule ..................................................... 18 Financial Aid ............................................................................. 19 Campus Map ............................................................................. 22 Campus Location .. .................................................................... 23 About Augsburg ....................................................................... 24 Faculty and Administration .................................................. .. 25 Advisory Council to the Graduate Program ........................ 28 D alendar 1990-'91 Calendar Saturday Schedule: 8:30 AM - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 PM Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 PM and 8:00 - 9:30 PM Fall Trimester 1990 .. . : -· Class Dates Thursday, September 6 Thursday, September 13 Saturday, September 22 Thursday, September 27 Saturday, O ctober 6 Thursday, October 11 Saturday, October 20 Thursday, October 25 Saturday, N ovember 3 Thursday, November 8 Saturday, November 17 Thursday, November 29 Saturday, D ecember 1 Leadership Practicum Dates Saturday, September 8 Saturday, September 15 Other Important Dates Monday, August 20: Application Deadline Wednesday, September 5: Orientation Monday, September 10: Last day to register and / or drop class without record notation Saturday, November 17: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, December 17: Final Grades Due Attendance Policy Bernuse leader hip i sue are presented, d is u e and a nalyzed in the cla sroom, r gular attendance is highly importMt a nd hould be con idered a responsibility, not on ly to o n ·' elf, bu t to ne' cla , mat sand the cour instruct r. Irregula1- attendance may, at the di er tion f th · in tructo r, , dversely affect one's grade. Winter Trimester, 1991 Class Dates Thursday, January 3 Saturday, January 12 Thursday, January 17 Saturday, January 26 Thursday, January 31 Saturday, February 9 Thursday, February 14 Saturday, February 23* Thursday, February 28 Saturday, March 9 Thursday, March 14 Saturday, March 23 Thursday, March 28 Leadership Practicum Saturday, January 5 *One week between classes Other Important Dates Monday, December 3: Application Deadline Wednesday, January 2: Orientation Monday, January 7: Last day to register and / or drop class without record notation Saturday, March 16: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, April 1: Final Grades Due Spring Trimester 1991 Class Dates Thursday, April 11 Saturday, April 20 Thursday, April 25 Saturday, May 4 Thursday, May 9 Saturday, May 18 Thursday, May 23 Saturday, June 1 Thursday, June 6 Saturday, June 15* Thursday, June 20 Saturday, June 22 Thursday, June 27 Leadership Practicum Saturday, April 6 *One week between classes Other Important Dates Monday, March 4: Application Deadline Wednesday, April 10: Orientation Monday, April 15: Last day to register and / or drop class without record notation Saturday, June 1: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, July 8: Final Grades Due 6Jntroduction Developing Leaders for Organizations and the Community The Master of Arts in Leadership responds to the leadership development needs of profit and not-for-profit organizations. While different in structure and purpose, most organizations seek leaders with the following qualities: • a vision which is ethically and morally responsible, extending beyond immediate concerns; • an understanding of how change occurs and affects the immediate environment; • a sensitivity to the complex problems organizations face, and an ability to achieve solutions consistent with an organization's mission; "' the ability to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to work toward a common goal; and • the ability to effectively represent the organization both internally and externally. The Master of Arts in Leadership provides a means by which individuals aspiring to enhance their leadership skills may discover and refine these and other abilities and awarenesses fundamental to effective leadership. Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule The Master of Arts in Leadership program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into periods of study, group efforts and class preparation. To accommodate this format for learning, each class meets on alternate Saturdays for three-and-one-half hours and alternate Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours. Leadership Development Model The Master of Arts in Leadership program promotes leadership as a process which 1) inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limited resources, 2) promotes productivity within and beyond the organization, and 3) works toward progress. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision, the ability to persuade and the ability to direct action. Underlying these attributes is a broad range of abilities and awarenesses. These abilities and awarenesses, outlined in the diagram on page 7, serve as specific outcomes for the Master of Arts in Leadership. Augsburg's model of leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance and refine these capabilities within the individual. Leadership Development Model Leadership Sense of Vision / Orientation Toward Action "" Ethical Creative "" Social awareness "" Environmental awareness "" Tolerance of religious and philosophical differences "" Appreciation of situational complexity ' "" Long-term perspective "" Flexibility "" Adaptability "" Innovativeness Facility for Persuasion / Communicative "" "" "" "" "" Effective listener Effective speaker Effective writer Diplomatic ability Effective team member "" Interpersonal sensitivity \ Risk Assumptive "" Curiosity "" Achievement motivation "" Self-esteem Decisive Self-confidence Analytical ability "" Ability to think critically "" Understanding of research .& Ability to manage conflict .& .& ""' Culturally Aware "" Appreciation for cultural differences "" World-view perspective "" Tolerance of individual differences Community of Learners Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Leadership is participation in a community of learners. Learning can be. enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement for active participation both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of men and women who bring to the program a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities such as the library, meeting rooms and the Christensen Center; to take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to participate in optional lunchtime seminars; and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. Leadership Practicum . ., .· .·.· Master of Arts in Leadership students enroll in a half course called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to enroll in this professional assessment and development course for six terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half course credit. In each term, specific activities related to the practicum are scheduled. Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a full-day professional assessment to determine students' abilities and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership Development Model (see page 7). Assessment instruments include paper and pencil exercises and simulation and group experiences. Following the assessment students meet individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal goal-setting and in the creation of a professional development plan or "blueprint." In subsequent terms "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of the students in the following areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures, group processes, and other professional development topics identified by graduate students and staff. .Liurriculum Design Master of Arts in Leadership students are required to complete 12 courses and a thesis. Each course unites two or more liberal arts disciplines, encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes, and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult learners. Instructional techniques are varied, such as case study, debate, written and oral presentation and group activity. The e techniques, which have had demon trat d succes in advan d courses, develop targeted leadership abilities and understandings. Continual reinforcement occurs as students employ these capacities in multiple courses. Students are encouraged to see abilities and understandings as cross-disciplinary and to see content areas as integrated. The very form of the program reflects the view that the world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative ability. Required Courses Include: ML 500 ML 510 ML 590 ML 591 ML 592 Leadership Practicum (a half course which spans six trimesters) Foundations of Leadership (to be taken during one of the first three trimesters) Thesis-Research Seminar I Thesis-Research Seminar II (These two seminars are to be taken in a student's last two consecutive terms.) Thesis Consultation (a half course to be taken simultaneously with ML 591 and in the term in which the thesis is completed) Students are required to complete eight additional courses chosen from the following courses: ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought ML 530 Ethics in Communication ML 531 The Dynamics of Change ML 540 Politics, History and Leadership ML 545 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions ML 550 Decision-Making Technology ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective ML 598 Independent Study ML 599 Special Topics Other courses as added urse Descriptions ML 500 Leadership Practicum A professional assessment and development course which spans six terms. This course includes a full-day professional assessment and subsequent workshops in the following areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures, group processes. The course culminates in a final professional assessment. Half credit. Graded on a P /N basis. ML 510 Foundations of Leadership Introduction to the concept of leadership, providing an historical and philosophical framework for the program. This course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety of disciplines and perspectives. The role of th liberal arts, various learning styles, methods of research and inquiry, student outcomes and program expectations are examined. ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional aesth · tics as well as contemporary organizational thinking. Thi cour e uses creativity as a method and it examines techniques for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing innovation, and for seeking an integrative world-view. ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth Study of the concepts of self-identity, values and personal growth as related to professional and personal life. This course may employ psychological, philosophical, and theological perspectives to explore the role of the individual in the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, development and evolution of self-identity and values, the influence of sex roles, and the relationship to spiritual growth. ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought Investigation of the processes of critical thinking drawing from philosophy and other disciplines. This course focuses on the relationships between ideas and the expression and application of ideas. Students apply dialectical processes in the effective formation, presentation and use of ideas in organizational structures. ML 530 Ethics in Communication Interdisci plinary study of ethics and communica tion through the in vestigation of a v<1riety of ethical perspectives within human comm uni at:ion. This course places particular a ttention on the use and abuse of communication in politics, advertising and interpersonal relationships. It emphasizes a sensitivity to ethical conflicts which arise in social and organizational settings. ML 531 The Dynamics of Change Exami na tion of the processes by which change occurs. This course , ppli s economic and sociological theories to such critical social issues as human and natural resource management. Emphasis is on identi fying the need for change, the means of initiating it and the adaptation of social groups to change. ML 540 Politics, History and Leadership Analy is of the p Litical aspects of nation-sta tes and other organiza tions. This course focuses on the proces of achieving individual, group or .national goa ls. Dra wi1tg on a variety of cultures and uati n , it examines significant historica l events and the leaders who shaped them. ML 545 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decision Exploration of th methods of ma th ma tica l r asoning as a structure for a pproa ling problems. This c ur focuses on the logic and ra tional und erlying ma thematica l models and analytical decision making techniques. ML 550 Decision-Making and Technology Historica l a naly i of th decision ma king an d p roblem solving pr ce . Thi cour e foc uses on the development of technology as both the cause and th e solutio1~ of problem s by investigating various cases. ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective Investiga tion of inter-cultura l issues. This course enhances the ability to lead and work m re effectively with p pie of differen t cultural backgro und throu gh the study of djverse valu , beliefs and traditions within the global community. ML 590 Thesis-Research Seminar I: Research in Leadership First half of a two-course "capstone" sequence for the Master of Arts in Leadership program. This course provides each individual the opportunity to develop a research topic to synthesize previous study and work experience and to demonstrate an understanding of the program's principles. Grad d n a PI N basis. ML 591 Thesis-Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings Continuation of the "capstone" seminar. This seminar focuses on the methods of inquiry and results of individual projects. At the completion of the seminar students present their final results orally and submit written th ses. Graded on a PI N basis. ML 592 Thesis Consultation A series of meetings with a faculty thesis adviser simultaneous with ML 591 and during the trimester in which the thesis is being prepared for final submission. Half credit. Graded on P / N basi . Students not compl tjng the th s is during the same term in which they are enrolled in ML 591 are r quired to pay a thesis continuation fee of $100 durulg each sub equent term until the thesis is completed . ML 598 Independent Study '· .... ' Provides directed independent study in an area of the student's choice. Open to students who have completed at lea t three courses with a grad of at least 3.0. Requires consent of th Associate Deai1 for Graduate and Special Programs. ML 599 Special Topics Study of selected topics in leadership that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. a raduate Faculty Faculty who teach in the Master of Arts in L ader hip program are full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate professional d g re s. Som our s are team taught by bringing tog th r fa ulty from diff rent discipline or combining a faculty m mb r with profes ionals from relevant fields. In th s ituation , at least on member of the team has a Ph.D. and substantial teaching experience. All of the program faculty have extensive experience teaching adult learners. Graduate faculty are listed at the end of this bulletin. • ibrary The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 bo k , p riodicals, records, tapes and film . Music, chemistry a nd art hi t ry libraries nre I ca ted within the departmental areas. Ace s to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students . • ccreditation and Affiliations Students who successfully complete Augsburg's leadership prngram will rec ive a Master of Arts Degr · . Augsbu rg is accredited by t11e orth ent.ral A oc:iation of Coll g and Schools. Th · colleg is a member f the A iated oll ges of th Twin Citie (ACTC), Luth tan Educati n owlcil in orth America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Ed u ation Coordinating Board . Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily) mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. ll]tudent Support Services The Augsburg Master of Arts in Leadership Program assists students in making education and career plans, in working on their personal development, and in participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are listed below. Academic Planning In addition to the faculty who provide consultation and advice, academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisers, and Master of Arts in Leadership staff. Career Services available include: • Professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum • Self/ career assessment counseling through the Career Services Office (330-1162) • Development of a resume and a career-search plan through the Career Services Office • Work experience related to a student's field of specialization through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148) The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters of disciplinary action, grievana a nd grad appeal. Students who wish to identify appropriate procedur s f01· complaints should c nta t the Vi President for Stud ent Affai_rs (330-1160). The C liege perates in comp.liaiu e with th Family Right and Privacy Act and Tit! IX. Sh1dents hav · th right to in p ct all official r cord which pertain to th m a nd w hich ar maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. 'Almission Requirements Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited four-year college or university. Applicants to the program are expected to have a minimum undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0). Applicants to the program must have five years of experience (or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a position(s) of leadership or position(s) demonstrating leadership potential. Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis by the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Admission to each entering graduate class will be given to the most highly qualified individuals. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's: • • • • Previous college record, Letters of recommendation, Experience and organizational background, Miller Analogies Test scores, or for applicants whose native language is not English, a minimum score of 600 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), and • Written statement and possible interview. Alpplication Procedures To apply, students must submit the following materials to the Master of Arts in Leadership Office: • Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable) application fee. • Written statement relating the applicant's career and life goals focusing on leadership aspirations. • Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential. • Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same level) describing applicant's work style and potential as a leader. • Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work from each institution attended indicating degrees conferred. • Official set of results on the Miller Analogies Test, or for applicants whose native language is not English, a minimum score of 600 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). • Possible interview with graduate program staff member. .. Fall Trimester, 1990-Monday, August 20, 1990 Winter Trimester, 1991-Monday, December 3, 1990 Spring Trimester, 1991-Monday, March 4, 1991 Fall Trimester, 1991-Monday, August 19, 1991 m valuation Standards Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Arts in Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 P N W I Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Achieves the minimum passing standard Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and non-punitiv~not computed in grade point average) Grade given when course is dropped Incomplete grade given when student is unable to complete course requirements for rea ons beyond the student's control (to receive an incomplete, a student must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor, and any other necessary documentation). No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count t ward the degree. N more than two courses with a grad below 2.0 can be r peated. Only the credits and grades earned th s ·cond time are c unt ·d in th grad point average. Alcademic Policies Academic Probation and Dismissal Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to. be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in a course, the student must petition successfully with the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program by the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee for behavior detrimental to the program such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Master of Arts in Leadership program, it is unlikely that courses taken elsewhere may be substituted for a particular course in the curriculum. Students may petition the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee for approval of any variation in the curriculum including the transfer of credit or the receipt of credit for other training. Credit and Contact Hours Each graduate course in the Master of Arts in Leadership program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 30 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students may take either one or two courses each trimester. Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to complete the program in two years. All students are required to complete the program within four years. Extensions beyond four years will be considered on the basis of petition to the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one term must request a leave of absence in writing from the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Last Date to Withdraw from Class The last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a "W" on their records is noted on pp. 4 and 5. n ee and Payment Schedule Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable, applicable to first semester's tuition) Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms) Thesis Continuation Fee Late Fee (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date.) Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or b) Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Class Meeting (cancel/ add/ change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. $25.00 $815.00 $100.00 $125.00 $100.00 $50.00 per day $5.00 $2.00 Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Payment Options* 1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration. 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed . Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full . This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. *A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. Refund Schedule A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.) Prior Prior Prior Prior Prior Prior to to to to to to the the the the the the first scheduled class meeting-100% second scheduled class meeting-90% third scheduled class meeting-80% fourth scheduled class meeting-70% fifth scheduled class meeting-60% sixth scheduled class meeting-50% m inancial Aid In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time. One course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in assessing financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from available alternatives, including the following: Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need. Funded Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College provides several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs Th Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on standard, nationally accepted methodology. "' Perkins Student Loan-Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time while you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000 . .... SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students)-A Federal loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12%; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Principal may be deferred until the student ceases halftime enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's option, accumulate until the in-school deferment ends. Students must apply for flnancial aid . .... SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund)-A Minnesota State Joan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000 cumulative) as undergraduates with a $25,000 aggregate maximum when graduate study is included ($1,000 minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payments begin 13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time . .... Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan)-Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in certain states. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after leaving school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study and $7,500 per year for graduate study. The cumulative undergraduate and graduate maximum is $54,750. To Apply for Financial Aid: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall, or the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Office, 2222 Murphy Place). All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if they did not receive aid. Forms are available from the College. Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main West Hall Mortensen Tower Urness Tower Christensen Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Music Hall 2222 Murphy Place Melby Hall Ice Arena Stage II Theatre Center for Global Education Scandinavian Center Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Youth and Family Institute 19. Office Annex House 20. Tutor House 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty /Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only I~ I Accessible Entrance • ampus Location N I • I I I I DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS '' '' '' '' '' '' ' UJ t) From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th A venue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside A venue to 21st A venue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking All posted Augsburg College pa rking lot are fr and p en for student us from 4:30 p.m. Friday tlu· ugh Sunday vening. Lots are loca.ted on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and north of 8th Street on 21st A venue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside A venue. History ... .. ' Ang burg was the first seminary founded by orwegian Lutherans in America. Named after the confess ion of faith presented by Lutheran in Aug burg, Germa ny, in 1530, Aug burg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities surrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 pC1 rks in the "City of Lakes." Adjacent to the ca mpu are Fairview an d St. Mary' Hospitals, th West 13ank campus of the Univer ity f Minne ota and Mississippi River parkway . Accessibility Augsburg College has made a majo r effort to becom on of th most accessible campu es in the regi n. Skyway , tunnel and eleva tors provide accessible connections be tween nine of th 14 major b uildings- sh.1dent housi ng towers, Chri ten ell Cent r, main academic and administrative halls, the library and music building. In addition, there are progra ms for students with learning a nd physical disabili ties. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lu thera n Church in America. About 59 p rcent of the students are Lu th ra11, 14 perc nt other Protes ta nt a nd 19 percent Roman Ca tholic. Several other affiliations are repre ented among s h.1dents a nd faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national r ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. The following faculty and administrators are currently involved in the Master of Arts in Leadership program: Earl Alton, Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michiga11. Kenneth Bailey, Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Benson, Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D. Columbia University. Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. John Cerrito, Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Larry Crockett, Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Grace Dyrud, Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark Engebretson, Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A., Luther College, M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Norman Ferguson, Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Nancy Guilbeault, Director, Counseling Services. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Satya Gupta, Professor of Business Administration and Economics, B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University Milda Hedblom, Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor of Social Work, Director of Faculty Development. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Garry Hesser, Professor of Sociology, Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Edith Kromer, Weekend Librarian. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ryan LaHurd, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of the College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. David Lapakko, Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosemary Link, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Southhampton University; C.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Janet M. Mathison, Instructor of Religion, Associate Director, Center for Global Education. B.A., Alverno College; M.A., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania. Marie McNeff, Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Thomas Morgan, Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon. William Morris, Adjunct Professor of Political Science. B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University. Richard Nelson, Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota . Beverly Nilsson, Professor and Chairperson of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Norma Noonan, Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., University of Indiana. Vicki B. Olson, Assistant Professor of Education, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ronald Palosaari, Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Diane Pike, Associate Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Larry Ragland, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. Stuart M. Stoller, Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics, B.S., M.S., Long Island University. William Swenson, Adjunct Professor of Philosophy. A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs. B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa. Maria Woroby, Reference Librarian and Weekend Supervisor. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Linda Geisen, Training and Development Manager, City of St. Paul. Dan Hanson, Vice President, Food Ingredients Division, Land-0-Lakes, Inc. Cynthia Marsh, Ph.D. Consulting Psychologist, Personnel Decisions, Inc. Dean Newman, Consultant. Robert Odom, Senior Vice President of U.S. Specialty Divisions, H.B. Fuller Company. Richard Ploetz, Customer Education Manager, Medtronic, Inc. Rosemarie Ramirez, Human Resources Officer, St. Paul Companies, Inc. The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The College reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements at any time within the student's term of residence. Augsburg College_; 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1991
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: 1 TUITION REFUND POLICY The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Rcfund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registra~'s Office. Schcdtrle of Reft~llr~ds: 1'1 ior to tlie second sclicdulcd class meeting...
Show more 1 TUITION REFUND POLICY The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Rcfund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registra~'s Office. Schcdtrle of Reft~llr~ds: 1'1 ior to tlie second sclicdulcd class meeting - 100'%> of tlic rcf~lndablrportion of the fcc 11f the rclundablc p111 tion of the fee I'rior to the follrtli schcdulcd class mcrting 75'%, PI ior t11 the sixth schcd~~lcd class ~iic~tirig - 500<,of tlic refundable poutic~nof the fcc. - Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated wit11 The Eva~igelicalLutheran Cl~urcliof America. Located in tlie heart of Minneapolis, the small collcge environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by t11c many cultural, sport and recreatiol~alactivities found in this vibrant ~netropolitanarea. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightf~~l and broadening experience. Campus Location C ugsburg in the Summer Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships and independent studies. Term I runs from May 28 -June 21, Term I1 runs 2. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and from June 24 - A u ? of publication. was correct at bh- DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS \ \ \ \ \ \ nmer 1991 Beginnii~gof Scheduling Registratioi Classes Beg Balance of Tuition Due Term I Term I1 April 24 April 24 May 28-29 35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn lcft on Washington (turns right o ~ i t o Cedar A v e ~ ~ u cTurli ) , left at Riverside, right at 21st A v e ~ ~ S. ue June 24-25 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $50 (no registrations will be accepted after this date' May 30 June 26 Holiday None July 4 \ 1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, ~ L I ~ left I I at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. I Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W) June 11 July 15 Classes End June 21 August 2 I Grades Due in Registrar's June 26 . August 7 I 1 1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 35W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside, t ~ ~ left r n at 21st Avenue S. NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Aineildments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational .. ... I Summer Students may take one coursc during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unlcss otherwise indicated, all courses carry a valuc of one coursc credit, the equivalent of four semester crcdits or six quartcr credits. Courses fulfilling Augsb ~ ~ distribution rg requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmcn and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in thc Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering,please contact the Summer Scliool Officc. Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summcr School Office for information Students needing housing may obtain information from the Dircctor of Resident Life The College Reserves the Right to cancel listed courses. Information and Forms Eligibility Additio~ialinformation and registration forms may be obtained from the Surnmcr School Officc Persons in Good Standing at regionally accrcdited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for tlie next Pall Term arc clieiblc to attend Augsburg Sumrncr School. Good standing implies that thc st~~dcnt has bcc~iadmitted and not s ~ ~ b s ~ q ~droppcd ~ e ~ i t l by y that institution. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFlCE Murphy Place 731 21st Aven~~e South Miluieapolis, M N 55454 6121330-1786 Elizabeth VanderScliaaf, Dirccto~ Jay Dixen, Secretary Financial Aid Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan Any st~ldenttaking one course is regarded as a half-time student for tlie summer and is eligible to apply for a G~laralitcedStudent Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Officc to make loan arrangements (330-1046) The dcadli~icfor applying for Financial Aid for Sumrncr School is April 15, 1991. You must have a complete filc in the Financial Aid Officc by April 15 in order to rcccivc an award Other persons wishing to takc sulnmcr school w o ~k shoi~ldcontact the Dircctor of Summer Scliool to ascel tain eligibility under special circ~~mstanccs. Acceptance as a sulnlncr student does not imply admission as a regular student of A~lgsburgCollege.Those wishing to bcgin a degree program at tlic College should apply for admission tlirougli tlie Office of Admission. itarting April 24 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Regist.-. _ lffice on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each cours'e scheduled must ,e accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is appliedlo dc>SI'bmated Jourse tuition and is non-refundable except when a course is cancelled. When this happens, you may elect to receivc a deposit refund or substitute another course. To avoid disappointment in course selection, schedule as soon as you can. Many courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term Term I Summer School students are required to finalize their registrations on May 28 or 29. Term I1 registrations must be finalized on June 24 or 25. This proccdurc applies to all courses, including internships and independent studies. Finalizing registration will takc place at the Business Office, 114 Science Hall, between the lours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 28 and 29, and June 24 and 25. T11c balance )wing for tuition must be paid before registration is finalized. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous term/s must be paid in full before you can finalize registration. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 30. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 26. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To change your registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after tlie second day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 30 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m In June 26 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. A]-., -?fund or adjustment of fees is " determined accnrdino the "Tuition Refunc 1;-11 I The tuition charge for 1991 Summer Schc cs is as follows. $595.00 for full credit courses, $320.00 for half-credit courses, and $160.00 for fourth-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition ratcs listed above. 1, EDE382-8142 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS Drewlow Examination and preparation of materials and resources for lnatlielnatics instruction at the kindergarten and clelncntary levcls. Dist : No. (1/2 coursc) 6:00-9:00 }I 111 T,TII OM11 a] ART 107-8100 DRAWING BOl'lnall Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects include slill-life, figures, building interiors, cxtcrio~s, cupcrimcntal work Dist : Yes 6:f-Of I M,T,W,'lI OM 17 ART 118-8101 ART 335-8102 PAINTING I AND I1 Bollman Watcrcolcr~-acrylic; translating thc visual world of n a t ~ ~ rlandscapes, c, still-life, sing design concepts, developing personal cxplcssion and cxplo~ing variety of Lcchnicli~cs.Weekly critiques Dist : Yes. 6:OO-9:OO / I 111 M,'l',W,.l'l~ OM1 7 BUS 322-8108 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, illcome concepts, current and non-c~~rrcnt oist: N~ prerca,: BUS 221, ECO 113, IM1.3 BUS 331-8109 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Solnick Theory of acq~~isiticln, allocation, and management of funds wilhin the firm. Sources and uses of long and s h o ~t term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, lcvcmgc, dividend policy, and related topics Prereq.: BUS 222, ECO 113 OM12 S:30-1U:J'O n.111. M,T, W,TII,F - ART 352-8103 WOMEN'S ART HISTORY Anderson A s t ~ ~ of d ythe placc of women in the history of the visual ~ ~ t ~ - artists, ~ . : as subjects, and as patrons M,T, W,T/I Foss 4.3 B10101-8104 HUMAN BIOLOGY Mickelbere .'.biological concepts from an anthropocentric " ahlc point of view. An ,Ittempt to answer silcli questions as: What makes Inan just another member of the biotic fold? Docs man have a niche in the ecosystem? What inllucnce does man have on tlie environment? What influcncc docs the cn\,ironmcnt, especially tlie urban environment, have on man? (A s t ~ ~ d emay n t not ~rcccivccredit for both 101 and 103.) Dist.: Yes. BUS 221-8105 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I Stoller Int~udicctionto business activities, basic concepts and lundamcntals of accounting, the a c c o ~ ~ n t i ncycle g and preparation of financial statements. Dist . No. S:30-10:51J 11 I I I M,T,W,T/l,F OM23 BUS 242-8106 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of tlie tlicory of managc~ucnt,organi~ation,staffing, planning and control.'Slic n a t u ~ cof a~~tliority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of tlic role or Lhc professional Inanagcr Dist : No. 6:fJO-9:00 JI.III, M,T, W,Tlr OM2.Z BUS 252-8107 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Meziou Basic policy and strategy issi~csin ma1 keting. I>cgal,cthical, competitive, beliavio~al, economic and technological factors as they affect prc~di~ct, prc~motion,ma1 kcting channel and p~icing decisions. Dist.: No 8:.?0-J 0:50 11 111 M,T, W,'~/I,/-' OM 13 ENG 225-8113 INTERMEDIATE EXPOSITORY WRITING Schmidt The development of essays in a val icty 01 lrletorical I ~ a r t i c ~ ~attmtin~i lar will Lx given to stylistic and organizational mattels througl~the course's workshclp format Prercq : ENG 111 6:00-9:OU p.111 M,'I,W,Tlr OM29 w ENG 351-8115 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 Palosaari A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary mo\,ements.Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is ~ i v e nto the city as settintr and svmbol in modern :an literature. kcs w. BUS 301-8110 MORALITY OF CAPITALISM Schield Is there a mural fclilndatio~ito Capitalism? As a social system bascd on a malkct monomy, Capitalism may be practical,but ~~nlc?;s it ismoral it lacks humanity And givcn the many forms of Capitalism, whid~ofthesc,are moral? This coulsc f t r u s c ~on contcmporaly authors who argue that unde~certain conditions Capitalism can bemord. Emplwsis is ~ 1 1 a1 n i ~ d c p t hvc~baland writtmanalysis of the pcr;itio~isadvanccd by tllcsc vcly asscrtivc authors. 6:UO-9:OO M,T, W,'1'11 OM27 EDU 388-8143 HUMAN RELATIONS Mueller Emphasis on the study 11f values, of commu~iication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for Ihe development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vclcations. Open to all Dis t : No (1Rco~11sc). Rcq~~ired for all Elc~nentaryalld Secondary Education majors. 5:30-8:30 {I 111 M, W lM25 I N O M I C S ECO 110-8111 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUFC Study of economic implications of metro-urban en\,ironment. By indl Dist.: Yes. Ar~nr~gcd ,.bells facing a .,..A,. - ECO 112-8112 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS Gupta I~itroductionto macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:00 p.111. M,T, W,Tlr,F EDU 264-8140 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN AN URBAN SETTING Germundsen Stildv and investi~ationof various aspects of the tcacl;ing plofessi;. Dist.: Yes, when combuied wi EDE 363 or EDS 352. (1/ 2 course) C 6:OO-9:00 /I.III M,W EDS 282-8141 INTRODUCTION T O SPECIAL EDUCATION Introduction to tlie field of special education Examines tlic nat~lrc,causes, and educational interventions for such cxccptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairnient, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness Dist.:..No. - . -. ... GER 111-8116 BEGINNING GERMAN 1 Quanbeck Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no pre\lious background in German. Dist.: Yes. S:30-10:50 n 111 M,T,W,T/!,F SPA 111-8117 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I) Kingsley SPA 111-8118 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I) Kineslev " , to develop four basic skills: Understanding, speaking, reading and writing of clemc~ltarySpanish Introduction to culti~rcof Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes S:30-10:50 n 111 M,T.W,Tlr.F(Scctiolr I) HPE 114-8120 SAFETY EDUCATION Enos Principles and practices of safety cducation in school and co~nmunitylifc. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course Dist.: No (1/2 coursc ) 5:UU - S:00 p 111 T,Tlr OM25 HIS 341-811~ TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY: 20THCENTURY BRITAIN Zehnder This course examines Britain during a cent~lryof glorious decline I'olitics and culture from thc Edwardian era a1 the tr~p,the World Wars and Depression, postwar adji~strncnts,and Thatcher's efforts to give Britain a second wind and a placc in the new European commi~nity. 12:UO-3:UO p 111. M,T, W,TII OM12 I INS 199-8138 INS 399-8139 INTERNSHIPS Arranged -1 MAT 173-8122 MATH OF INTEREST Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for lifc insurance? Or how life insurance p r e n i i ~ l ~ are n s calculated? Or how installment loan payments arc f i g ~ ~ r eout? d Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or iumual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this coursc may be meant for you These and other interesting and usefill topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. This course shoitld bc useful for s t ~ ~ d e nint sbusiness and economics or for any s t ~ ~ d e ninterested ts in careers in finance-related fields. Dist.: Yes Math Placement Group I11 6:.?0-9:30 p.111. M, SC1 I12 MUS 218-8138 CREATIVE ARTS FOR CPECIAL NEEDS Metzler or students and professionals interested in learning LLI develop recreational music activities for people with special needs Basic Music Therapy techniqucs; also Orff Schulweik and non-traditional guitar Dist : No (1/2 course) 30-1 1 5 0 ~ . I I I . M,W ^ PHI 110-8123 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY Appoloni This coursc provides the student with some experience in examining ideas and thereby sharpening the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs S:30-10:5U n 111. M,T,W,T/i,F OM1 6 PHY 106-8124 INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY Jasperson The course provides a workuig knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and chnatc. Attcntiun will be givcn to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to many varied aspects of tlie weather Dist.: Yes Math Placc~nentGroup 11. 1:004:00 p III. M,T,W,TIl OM13 I I POL 121-8125 INTRODUCTION T O AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Morris The politics of A~nr.rlcangc~vc?-n~~~t!nl Including thc forms of political ~cl~v~is; lht' Ix!ll~'rnoi ~ltirticipation; the dynamics of ctrri~n?;s~r~n,rl, ~~~'t.hidcnlial and bureaucratic policy t~i~lklnj;; ~trclc~lrrcnlissues in American society Dist.: Ycs. 9:30-71:50 17.rrr. M,T,W,TI!,F OM25 POL 342-8126 SPC 342-8145 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom Effects of mass comm~~nications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, cntertainmcnt and public affairs pr~gr~amming. Dist.: Yes. 2:00-5:00 ~ . I J J . M, 7', W, Tlr, F OM27 relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the rolc of self-understanding. ( P / N grading only.) Dist.: Yes. OM10 5:00-8:OU p.111. M,T,W,TIi SOC 375-8133 Gerasimo SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An cxarnination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part thcy play in ~~nderstanding intcrpcrsonal relations and human behavior. Prcreq.: SOC 121 S:3U-10:50 n.111. M,T,W,Tlr,F OM29 SOC 399-8134 INTERNSHIPS Arranged Hesser SPC 329-8135 INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION Lapakko POL 459-8127 Thisrrjrlrw will cxlrlo1.c brhllr lhr' probll~tllhll~ldIhc THE FRAMEWORK OF EUROPEAN pott-~~liill trl'n~~n~nnnirstir~~r Ix,lrvo:rt IWIWIIS rrfrliffi6~.c.rrl COMMUNlTY FORMATION Hedblom nllltlr,lt ~::T"UI~!%l'rl~~41~s s11cll ;ti t ' I ~ ~ l l l . ~ . ~ r l I ~ / ~ t ~ \ . This course will analyze the formation of the ~ I r r i * r ~ t y l ~pr~judicr., ~ng, f*i<Ir ~.xperbli~rrl:~, v;,~lue,,irnrl Furn(-c~n C't)m~~ulnily i r ~ c l ~ ~ Llrc t l i ~I:r~ropi!an r~ l : c o ~ i t > ~C.-c)~iirri~~~~ity, ~~it~ ~ I I L i- ~ ~ c ~ , ~ a si ~i nn}p: t ~ r l ~ of l ~ ~ c i -1ic111-vr-rbnlqrrnhol:, will hr rh,irnirlcll. l?:olt-3:(~1~ I , I I I , M,T,w,'~.~I ()~IIs tlit. E u r t j l ~ ~ ei ~nr n r r r ~ r u ~ini i Erlrrlpcalt y d l i ~ lwurltl n r dIrrrlr!)~c~l~lt!nl . 5,rninar pvelils wlll lhr c ~ ~ . ~ t r ~ iAn SPC 347-8136 with four sessions: May 31, June 7, 14 and 21. DOCUMENTARY VIDEO Bart 9:30-11:50 n.111 F SC1319 A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on expericnce dealing with non-fiction subjects. Sh~dcntswill work in production teams, gaining experience in ficld production and editing. PSY 105-8128 9:30-11:50n.rr!. M,T,W.Tlr,F FOSS A V Se~rririflr~ GENERAL PSI L ~ v L ~ G Y Dyrud t An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology is r ' isized, including its major sub-areas. Dist.: Yes. 0 0I . M, T, W, 7'11 OM16 REL 369-8129 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN MODERN LITERATURE Skibbe Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 n.111. M,T,W,TI? OM27 SWK 260-8131 HUMANS DEVELOPING SPC 354-8137 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION White A study dlprap d y m k s wd batfcrsldp with emphas~son lndon d ~ t u d to docision makink s y k s of leadership, n~ul conflict man~%emmt."niiuC O W comblnes IW~UI'C with pnutical e x p u h c e !u he$ the student become a more effect~veand product~ve member of a task-orlcnted small group 9 30-1 1 50 n.111 M,T, W,Tlr,F SC1112 Peters PtuvId~b w t e d p dhuaan pwth thpygh hUfr cyE6C,*fuidkt inlqiay 01 ~ l ~bialoatal. i nnd, psyUI-1 fmw$ w M Innu~vmtheigrurnthcd Tndlvldunlsmdf n r d h ihumt~npotd~y American f c ~ e Growth s related to populahons and groups whtch represent e t h c and/or Lf-tyle ~ I V P K Ih~n ~ c t\In I2 00-3 00 p 111 M,T,W,TIi lM25 SOC 265-8132 RACIAL AND MINORITY Gerasimo GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u ~ A~gsburg College Summer S_chool I I I OOHmOma I' EDE 387-8236 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS Therres Examination and preparation of materials and resources for l a n g ~ ~ a garts c at the kindergarten and elemental y Icvcls. Laborato~y expcl.icnces Prcrcq.: EDE 255 or EDS 265. (1R course) : ( - 2 I I T,Tlr L4 June 24 -August 2 - - --- 1 I ART 132-820G PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I) Friederichsen ART 132-8201 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Friederichsen The camera ~ ~ s as c da tool for vist~alcreativity and expression: using black and white photograpl~ic processes Need access to a 351nni calilcra Dist : Yes. Estimated cost of lilm, ctc : $150 00-$175.00. (Class size limited ) 1 : - J i I M, W ( S L ' C ~ 1) ~OII 5 : - 9 : I M,W (Sectio~r11) BUS 222-8202 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 11 Solnick Illt~oductionto bus~ncssactivities, accounting for corporalions Basic ct)nccpts and fundamentals of Ilianag" ial acco~~nting, planning and controlling prtrcssc3, decision-niaking and bchaviord considerations. Dist : No. I'rercq : BUS 221 10:-I 3 I I M,T, W.Tlr,F OM11 BUS 242-8203 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory uf management, organization, staffing, planning and control.The nature of authority, accc~i~ntability and responsibility, 'inalysis of the role of the professional m~inagerDist : No. 6:OO-900 11 111 M,T,W,Tlr OM23 BUS 323-8204 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I1 Kader An analysis of accoi~ntingtlicol-y pertaining to invcstnlcnts, Langiblc and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and ~ c s ved, e ~ acti~nrialtopics. Additional cmpliasis on income dctcrmination, considering p~ice Icvcl changes Dist: No. I'rcrcq : BUS 322 6:UlJ-9:30 p 111, M, W OM12 BUS 340-8205 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerri to l'ersonncl function in business, acquisition and utilization of h u ~ n a nresources; dcsirablc working relationships; effective integration of the worker with tlie g o d s of the firm and society Prcreq.: BUS 242 6:00-9:30 }i.~rr. T,Tlr OM11 ECO 110-8206 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella S t ~ ~ of d y~ C O I I O I I I ~ Cin~plicatio~ls of p ~ ~ b l e m facing s a metro-urban environment. By independent s t ~ ~ only dy Dist : Yes. AI 1n11pi EDE388-8237 HUMAN RELATIONS Cle~nnions Emphasis on the study of values, of communication tcchniq~~cs, a i d of the major minority groLlps in Minncwta for the developnient of interpc~sonalrelations skills~~pplicablc to tFdiing and other profcssk)~ialvocations Open to all Dist : No (1/2 course) Required for all Elenientary and Secondary Education majors 1:512:I I M, W OM25 ECO 113-8207 PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS Sabella hitroduct~onto micro-economics, the theory of the liouscliold, firm, market structi~rcsand income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes OM29 ECO 315-8208 MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I) Gupta ECO 315-8209 MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11) Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and Lhc Federal Reserve System; monetary lieory and policy Dist.: No I'rereq.: Eco 112, 113 :I-9: I M.W (Sectiorr I) 5:OU-9:30 p 111. T,TII (Scctiu~~ 11) L7 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ARTS Mitchell An investigationof the a~tisticqi~alitieand the liistorical drvelo~mentof the film niedium. Tlie coulse includes the HIS 115-8213 MODERN MIDDLE EAST Zehnder This is a survey of Lhc volatile Middle East from the rise ol nationalism and tlic dcclu~eof the Turkish Ottoman Empile in tlie 19th Century to tlic current crisis hot spots in the I'ersian Gulf and the Levant The goal is a better ~~ndcrstanduig of how the Middle East readled its conteniporaly co~nplexity,its role in the wider world 10:OlJ-17:30 n.111 M,T,W,TIl,F OM13 PHI 130-8216 LOGIC Apolloni Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you 111ilstaccept a particular concli~sion.Must you? When docs a conclusion validly follow from premisc I-lcre we examine tlie rules which govern valid argi~mcntsand work to develop your ability to rccog~~izc and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-955 n 111 M,T,W,Tlr,F OM16 THY EDU 341-8231 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY Strandberg Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective ai~dio-\,isual materials c-teaching/learning sit~~ations. Dist.: No. (1 / 2 c 10:05-12:10 }I.III. T,Th t ENG 282-8211 THE HEROIC JOURNEY Griffin This course will study archetypal patterns of the heroic journey, as well as specific examples of such journeys. It will emphasize thc ideas of Joseph Canipbell, but will also consider other interpretations of heroic journeys. Since western civilization usually assumes that the hero is a man, usually a white man belonging to a warrior class, we will analyze the heroic warrior myth both as it is depicted in ancient and medieval epics and myths, but also as it appears in contemporary American popular narratives. But tlie heroic journey is a human journey, and thus the course will also emphasize the lleroic journcys of women a i d men who may be neither white nor warriors as they are depicted in folktales a i d novels. Dist.: Yes. A' "' 6:00-9:30 p.111, W25 EDE375-8232 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Graves <inderprtcn curl i c i ~ l ~ ~materials, ni, teaching approaches Lab. a1 r. Prerequisite to student teaching at kuidc~garten lcvcl a i d h) obtaining a license for tcaching at that level. Dist.: No. (1 /2 course) IJrerecl : Consent of instructor EDE377-8233 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SCIENCE Stangl Examination and preparation of niatelials and resou~cesfor science at the kindergarten -*.-' elementary lcvcl (1/4 course) 11:40-1:25 p ni. M,W /111y15-AIIS. v~vdl2 EDE383-8234 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH Bayless Examina tion and !reparation of rnater~alsand resources for phys~caleducation and health at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels Lab experiences Dist : No (1/2 course) 1:5-2:l I I M , ,I FI 5 2 L4 EDE 386-8235 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Parker Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and clcmentary levels Lab exp','i"nr"' Dist.: No (1/2course) 6:01J-9:30 p.111. M L4 EER 112-8212 . E EGINNING GERMAN [I Quanbeck lassroom practice in speaking, understanding and eading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. OM10 :lo-955 n.111 M,T,W,Tlr PA 112-8213 EGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I) ' Kingsley %PA 112-8214 Kingsley BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) i i m s to develop the four basic skills: understanding, ;peaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. ~ntroductionto culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.:Ycs. 8:10-955 n 111. M,T, W,'r11 (Sectic111I) 5:30-7:15 p.111 M,T, W,TII (Sectiorr 11) OM18 Irl- ASTRONOMY Stenstrom Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; usel2-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prereq.: Math Placement Group 11 l.30-3:15 p.m. M,T,W,T" OM16 POL 475-8220 THE LEGAL PROCESS Fishman The course seeks to provide the undergraduate student with an introductory understanding of the functioning of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's interdependence with the social environment; the law's social junctions; the social and ~noral limits of the law; and, the law as a system, describin: the aspects and problems of each of the law's agenci (courts, legislative, administrative,w d er-, ~~~,~ <,"; 5:30-9:0U p.111. T,TIi jY 362-8218 ZHAVIORAL DISORDERS Leitschuh . ..i uih.duction to maladaptive human behaviors from tlie social, organic <mdpsychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom le'aming. Dist.: No. Prcreq.: FSY 105 OM1 1 1 : - 5 I M,T,W,TIi PSY 373-8219 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Leitschuh Theoretical conceptualizations of orjianizational bcliavior Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. Prereq.: PSY 105 10:05-I 1:30 n.111. M,T, W,Tfi,F OM10 -- -SOC - - 121--PRINCIF OF SOCIOLOGY Pike The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be malyzed in order 1)to develop a rhetorical perspective a American feminism, and 2) to develop skidl in #ogt;ym. T,Th OM10 & SOC265-8224 RACIAL AND MINORITY SOC 3568225 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Analvsis of adult correctionalw o ~ r a m and s processes. ~ect;res, discussion, and sitetiszs to correc'tional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th OM25 SOC 399-8226 INTERNSHIPS SPC 414-8228 INS 414-8229 FEMINIST RHETORIC Hesser \ 1 -4
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1990
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Augsburg College Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Introduction ..*..* ...-....-...*.......2 • .......................................3 About this Catalog .....................3 Calendar Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II... 3 Visiting S...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Augsburg College Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Introduction ..*..* ...-....-...*.......2 • .......................................3 About this Catalog .....................3 Calendar Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II... 3 Visiting Students .......................4 .....................5 UMAIE Courses .......................48 Other Courses ...........................49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ......50 Augsburg Courses Introduction t o Interim I n t e r i m is an integral part of the schoolyear at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week~ a n u a r ~ Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, 330-1192(Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1990 ...............................Interim Registration .............................................Late Interim Registration ............................................................ s t Day of Interim October 30 - November 3 December 4 January 2 Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 la0 p.m. January 3 January 16 ....................................................Last Day for CanceUAdd .............................. Last Day for Determining Grading System with Regisbar January 19 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 26 .................................................................. I nt i Ends ....................... ................................................... Validation of Spring Class Registration January 30 January 31 Spring Semester Begins Thc time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning Zimc will bc arranged the first day of class. The daily schcdule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 15, at 1 p.m. About This Catalog Tfwcataloglists coursesby departments. Departments atrlisted in alpkabctical odcr. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offcrcd by Augsburg but recognized by the collegc for Interim crcdit. Further descriptions and information a h u t tltw courws are available in the Intcrirn Office, Mcmoria1230. Studcnts may aIsu rcgistcr for one of the li fctimc sports 1istcd a t t hc cnd of the Catalog. Options International Interim-Students arc invited to bc part of one of the 23 international interims offcrcdby the Uppcr Midwest Association for lntcmationfll Education (U M AIE). Thcsc course opportuni ties arc listed near the cnd of this catalog. Internships-January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to theInternshipOffice (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately 4 weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education office. Independent or Directed Study-Studentsmay elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibilityfor more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $650 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an applicationprocessingfee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses Art The Florida Keys: Art, Biology and Creative Writing Instructors: Phil Thompson, Ralph Sulerud, & John Mitchell This interdisciplinary program of study will be based at Aupburg Collcg~and for about ten days at theNcwfound Harbor Marinc lnstitute and wiIl involve thrce distinct coursc offerings for credit: 1 1 Drawing and Wa tercolar, taught by Phil Thompsonof the Art.Dcpnrtrncnt; 2) Marinc t3iology Studies, taught by Ralph Sulcrud of the Biology Dcpartrncnt; and 3) Crcalivcr Writing: Ttie Prose Poem, taught by John Mitchcll of Ihc Englisl~Dcpartrncnt. The Interdisciplinarycon~porrcntwill involvc a t least thrce daysof ficld lripsconductudby tlicinsti tu tc and itsper.wnncl: patch rccfsrs,mangovcswamps, tide pools intcrtidnl cornmunilies, seagrass systems, ctc. Studcnts will also have opporlunitics to visit Kcy Wcst and thc Ernest Hcmingway House. The instrucloss will cadi provide introductory lccturcs and exercises on campus during thc first wcckbcforc departure, emphasizing thc rncthods and goals of Ihcir rcspcctivc disciplincs. Each studcnt will pnrticipa te in a projcct for cnch discipline as well as complete the rcqttircmcnts for thc coursc for which crrclit will be given. The fee for transportation, lodging, and most meals will be approximately $1200. Drawing and Watercolor in the Florida Keys ART 116-40011 Instructor: Phil Thompson An introduction to the fundamentals of design in nature and the basic techniquesof drawing and watercolor. There will be practice in drawing and watercolor media as a method of documenting and interpreting travel experience. We will study the visual implications and history of coastal landscapes. Evaluationwill be based on the quality of the drawings and paintings along with participation and artistic growth factors. Students will be required to provide their own drawing and painting materials. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 4 W Life Drawing ART 247-40001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4 8 pencils, colored pencils and the felt tip pen. Fee: $30 due the first day of class Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Biology Plants and Civilization BIO 102-40002 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg Adiscussion of the impact that plants have made on almost every area of our society. Historically they have influenced world exploration, politics, military campaigns, health care, religious'beliefs, crime and many other areas of our social history. We will take a look at an array of topics ranging from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and thc influence that plants played in each incident. Grades will be based on examinations. Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Viruses: At the Threshold of Life BIO 116-40003 Instructor: Robert Herforth Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life. Most viruses consist basically of a few genes surrounded by a protein coat. They are able to function and multiply only as parasites inside living cells. For all their seeming simplicity, some of the most dreaded diseases afflicting humans are caused by viruses, including polio, rabies, AIDS, and some forms of cancer. This course will begin with a short history of some major discoveries on viruses, followed by a study of the structure of viruses, and their multiplication in and effects on living cells. We will also look at the ways in which the body defends itself against viral invasion, at the development of vaccines and new anti-viral drugs, and at some important diseases caused by viruses, including AIDS. Grades will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 213 Florida Keys Marine Biology Sf-udies BIO 14040049;340-40050 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. About two weeks will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats suchas thoseof shallowbays, coral reefs, mangrove swamps and intertidal areas. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in thelaboratory. A marine biologist will be available to lead the field trips and conduct specialized classes. Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the first week. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizinga variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted to study and the preparation of a paper. The course will have an interdisciplinary component with students interacting with students from John Mitchell's writing class and Philip Thompson's art course and with each student completing a project related to one of the other disciplines. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a final examination and a paper on a selected topic related to marine biology. Upper division students will do a special research project. Further information will be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses. Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor and for upper division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent. Time: I Room: Science 212 Business Entrepreneurship BUS 295-40079 Instructor: John Cerrito Thc objcd of this c l ~ s is s to provide students who are not majoring in busincss with cntrcprcncurial skills for starting and running a small busincss. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" busincss. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Business majors may not take this course for credit. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 3 Chemistry A Laboratory Introduction To Chemistry CHM 113-40005 Instructor: Earl Alton Substancesarc changcd in to ncw ma tcriaIs; colors change, solids wparatc out of solution. Chrrnislry is thc scict~ce which tries to ttnderstclnd tl-tcsc and many othcr changes occurring in rnatkr ~rourldus. Onc way to bccomc introduccd to chcmistr and 10 cxarnplcs of problem solving in thc scicnccs is to o lalwntory cxpcrfmcnts. This c o n r s prcscntsan i ~ ~ t r o d u c ttoi ochcmislry ~~ using thc laboratory as the dlief arena for inslruction. Students will bc intro- d duccd to rncasuremcnls, rcactinns,cl~cmicalproblcmsolving such as idcntificatian of simple ions in soIt~tionand dctcnnination of amounts of rnatcrials bawd upon the colors of solutions. A fcw expcrimcn ts may invcllvc m k ing ncw rnatcrials. Tn all cases, propcr attention to tcchniqucs and snfc practices in thc laboratory i s expected. Rc orts will bt rcquircd for each cxpcrimci~t.Tho course wi 1 meet cvcry wcckday afternoon for thrcc hours. 'I'hc gradc will bc bascd upon the qualiy of the laboratory work, tl~claboratory rcpnrts summanzing the work, and an exam at the end of the course. Distribution: BiologylChemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 322 P H High Vacuum Technology and Gas Dynamics CHM 325-40004 Instructor: Joan Kunz High vacuum technology is crucial to many current "high technologies," including advances in experimental science in all fields, production of semiconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gases and "sensitive" materials. Despite this, general awareness of high vacuum technologies lags far behind their development. This course will acquaint the student with technologies currently employed in producing and monitoring a high vacuum environment, and with the physical behavior of gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some in conjunction with Physics 325. Students will learn to use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-based computer controllers and computer-compatible sensors. Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and a paper. Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Computer Science H Fortran CSC 270-40012 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students wi th some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I Room: Science 112 Economics Principles of Microeconomics ECO 113-40006 Instructor: Satya Gupta An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm,market structures and income distribution. There will be an application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class. Distribution: Economics/PoliticalScience Time: I Room: Library 1 Histo y of Economic Thought ECO 219-40013 Instructor: Richard Hemog A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context of the political, economic, and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. I. Ancient Economic Thinking 11. The Medieval Period 111. Mercantilism IV. Classical V. Socialist/Utopian VI. Modern Primarily lecture/discussion depending on class size. If small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on three of five topics. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Business, Government and Society: Economic Analysis of the Legal Foundations of Business ECO 319-40007 Instructor: Milo Schield Objectives: To understand, utilize and evaluate, the policy tools from rnicroeconomicanalysis; the applicationof these tools to analyze social behavior (cf. marriage, children, divorce, crime, etc.); the economic analysis of basic legal topics (property, contract and tort liability); the economic analysis of the legal foundations of business (price controls, quotas, tariffs, taxes and strict liability); the use of economicefficiency as a normative criteria (Isan inefficient legal remedy an unjust solution?). Textbooks: Posner: The Economic Analysis of Law; Kuperberg & Beitz: Law, Economics and Philosophy. Math Level: No calculus; only geometry and verbal reasoning. Approach: Readings, lecture, discussions, weekly quizzes, paper and final. Evaluation: Quizzes (15%),final (30%),paper (40%)and participation (15%). Audience: Students interested in the relation between business, government and society (specifically those interested in strategic planning, public affairs or political economy). Prerequisites: Upper class standing and one of the following courses: Microeconomics, Political Philosophy, Law in the U.S.,Western Political Thought or Complex Organizations (Sociology) or permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 Contemporay Economic Relations Between East and West ECO 319-40010 Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp In this course, we'll explore motivations for economic cooperation between countries with different political and economic systems. This will be followed by the analysis of theconditions for East-West economiccooperation and its patterns. Wc'll focus on rcccn t developmcnts in joint cconomic and industrial cooperation. Students will share an understanding of cconomic relations at the national Icvcl and scc how nations with diffcrcnt cconomic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics to their own domestic and international affairs. Using comparative means, institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance will be explored and clxplaincd i~~cluding rcccnt inst i tu tinnal changes in the directing of forcign tradc in ccntrally-planncd economics. Thcn, at thc global Icvel, the cffccts of GATT, EEC and CMEA on East-West economic relations will be examined. At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and alternatives in the 1980s. There will be a mid-tern test, a final exam (take home) and a research paper. Prerequisites: Economics 112 (Macro) Time: I Room: Foss Mini-Seminar H Economic Research Methods: Theory and Application ECO 495-40008 Instructor: Ed Sabella The primary objective of h i s course is to provide a rclativcl non-tcdmical cxposi tion of the more c~mrnonly usc research tcchniqucs in business administration and the social sciences. The basic assumptions of the classical linear re ression model will be presented along with methods or dealing with violations of those assumptions. Time permitting, other research techniques such as discriminant analysis, factor analysis, principal components and the Bayesian approach will be examined. It is assumed that the student has a limited but basic understanding of the techniques of statistical inference. Results will be generally presented without proof, with reliance placed on intuitive justification. Grades will bebased on weekly assignmentsand on a final. Prerequisites: Bus. Admin. 279 or equivalent course or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Science 213 d' 7 Education International Education EDS 3534054 Instructor: Rich Germundsen Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents anexamination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian, Central and South American models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor; Orientation to Education; Principles of Sociology or a modern history course. Time: I1 Room: Library 4 Media Technology EDE 341-40015 Instructor: John Bowlis Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communicationthrough the use of instructional and informational technology. Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingbeaming situations. Computer training will be included and each student will leave the class with word processing skills. Studentswill survey current softwarematerials foreducational and instructional settings. This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Foss 170 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375-40016 Instructors: Mary Endorf, Bruce Drewlow This class prepares students for the unique experiences and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. This class will: A. Stress kcy adul t/child relationships. B. Stress curricuIum developmcn t and instructional systems w I~iclzarc su pprtcd by current research and practices in cducation settings. C. Strcss kcy adult/child relationships. D. Strcss process-"how to learn". E. Sharc rcscarch-bascd findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans. F. Rccagnize canlinui tics and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices. H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakers and field trips. Objcctivcs of thc class: At the cornplction of this class thc studcnt will bc ablc to identify: c 1, Dcvelopmenbl ncods of t l ~ kindcrgartcn. Discuss thc diffcrcnt approachcs to kindcrgartcn 2. education and the theories bchind thcsc approachcs. 3. O r g a n i a~classroom cnvironmcnt to mce t khc Icaming needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades will be based on projects, discussion and examination. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 Kindergarten-Elementa y Curriculum: ~ a n g u a g Arts e EDE 387-40014 Instructor: Vicki Olson This course will involve an examination and pre aration of materials and resources for language arts at the indergarten and elementary levels. It will be an on-site course taughtinconjunctionwi th Dimvcty-Lcamingin theworld of Kindergarten. TIICclass will mcct a t Willard Elementary School and will involve classroom work with children. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: EDE 255 or EDS 265 Time: I Room: Library 4 E Human Relations EDS 388-40017 Instructor: Mildred Mueller This class provides vnluahle insight intu tile valrres, cornmunicalinn icchniquus, cr~llural Inorcs and otlicr unique cl~aractcristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. T h i s class is taiight from n pcrspcctivc of minority group members with i r i l~ractionfrom class rncrnbcrs. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teachine and other vrofessional vocations. This is a one-hafi credit couise. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 21 Student Teaching EDS 48140018; EDE 481-40022 EDS 482-40019; EDE 482-40023 EDS 483-40020; EDE 483-40024 EDS 484-40021; EDE 48440025 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing Icarning under supervision of college and secondary scl~oalpersonnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. The Prose Poem: Creative Writing in the Florida Keys ENG 234-40031; 345-40033 Instructor: John Mitchell The purpose of this course is to introduce students to creative writing and to refine the creative writing of more experienced students through attention to fidelity of imagery and integrityof simile,metaphor,rhythm, and sound. The prose poem is a friendly, productive form to achieve these goals because of its emphasis upon down-to-earth personal observation and reportorial response to the natural and human environment, which, in this case, will be the Florida Keys. Instruction in the history and techniques of the prose poem will be accompanied by some attention to the literary response of Ernest Hemingway and Wallace Stevens to Key West. Some interdisciplinary experience with Phil Thompson's course in drawing and watercolor and Ralph Sulerud's course in marine biology, as a way of facilitating "seeing." Grading will be based upon the quality and progress in writing ten revised prose poems. Students who take the course for upper division credit will be required to do additional reading and to make oral reports to the class based on this reading. Further informationwill be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and, for upper division credit, one college course in creative writing. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 12 Re-visions: Contemporary Drama in English (1975-present) ENG 249-40026 Instructor: Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are revitalizingboth contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late 70s and the 80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension and interactionto sexual preference,both here and abroad. For comparative purposes, we will also view a few filmson related topics and attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for three local productions. Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, will conclude the course. Distribution: English-Speech Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Five College Fiction Writing Workshops ENG 362-40027 Instructor: Julie Schumacher Participants in this fiction workshop will need energy, enthusiasm, a love of literature, and a dedication to their own--and to other students'-work. Students will write 25 to 50 pages of fiction in addition to in-classexercises and assignments. Although we'll study contemporary short stories by established and lesser-known writers, most of the class time will be spent on discussions of student fiction. (Participants will be responsible for the cost of duplicating their stories.) We'll work on establishing a sense of place or setting, on developing interesting characters and a distinctive "voice," on composing dialogue, and oncreatingeffectivestructures for our fiction. Conferences with the instructor will be an integral part of the class. Grades will be based on the originality, imagination and beauty of the written work, and on critical and helpful engagement in workshop discussions. Attendance is mandatory. Prerequisites: Some experience in fiction writing, one writing course beyond the freshman level, and permission of Professor John Mitchell. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 21 Erdich, Hassler: Two Contemporay Upper Midwest Writers ENG 364-40080 Instructor: Ron Palosaari Louise Erdrich and Jon Hassler are talented ana wellknown writers from this area. We will read several works by each, noticing each writer's strengths and weaknesses. We will, to a degree, place their work in the context of modem American literature. Each student will write two papers, each on a different author. One paper will be the basis of an oral report. The course grade will be based on the papers, the oral presentation, short quizzes and class participation. Students must have S tuggerford read before the first class. Prerequisites: One college level American literahue course or two other college literature classes. Time: I Room: Old Main 12 French French Literature in Translation FRE 243-40030 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov What is there about French literature that merits the English translation of so much of it? What is its attraction, its power, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind, we will read, react to, and analyse a variety of shorter French works available to us in English. We will explore masterpieces of earlier times like those of Rabelais, Montaigne, Voltaire, Balzac, and Flaubert, as well as significant 20th Century works. Reading and discussion of the common core works will be followed by your personal study of a chosen short work to be shared with the class via a short comparative paper. Mini-lectures and study guides will help attentive reading of the works and developing your communication and critical skills. Evaluation will include your progress in group work and discussion, your demonstrated understanding in reading, writing assignments, quizzes, and independent study. We hope to attend Bernstein's Candide as a class. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. Distribution: Literature Time: I Room: Old Main 25 General Studies Transitions: Women's Life Careers GST:245-40009 Instructor: Diane Busico Are you wondering how you cnn s u c c d in a "man's world"? Puzzling out your options for rnarriagc, coswr, and/or children? Troubled will) Iiow to practically and emotionally juggle all of your divcrse roles? This seminar is an exploration of the various pathways womenchoose in balancing home and work life. A1though it promises no concrete answers to compelling questions, it will arm you with some useful information for making choices for the present and plans for the future. The mdctal, familial, and individual forces sl~apingthe choices womcn makc conccming family and carccr arc sbdicd via texts, journnl nrticlcs, films, and p s r Iccturcrs. Shldcn t pcrforrnancc is asxsscd through essays and a rcsctlrch project. Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Health and Physical Education M Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 23240032 Instructor: Pam Schreurs Theory and practice in teaching and pcrfnrming Amcrican heritage and international folk daners. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Thc majority of the coursc grade is based on participation in classactivities,a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 W Sailing in the Virgin Islands .IL I HPE 455-40034 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff .Designed for thc beginning and in tcrmcdiatc sailor interestcc1 in the art and practice of sailboat:cruising. Thc course will focuson taking tho participant to a compctenl levcl of sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42-foot fixed-keel sailboat with fiveor sixother peopleand will functionasan active crew member. Acbal on-ihc-watcr instruction will bc the rnnjnr part of thccoursc. This will bc supplcmcnIcrl by scssions dcaling with safcty,boa t handling, boa t systcns, provisioning, trip planning, piloking and navigation. Sailing will includc cntiscs la various islands and cays in tl~cBritish and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. + I l Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. P/N grading only. The course will last Januar-4-22.The fee of $2300includes round-trip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due October 31. Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic Director Distribution: Lifetime sports History Women in Refonn in Modem America HIS 225-40042 Instructor: John Jenswold "Reformer" was a role played early and frequently by American women in public life in the 19th and 20th Centuries, individually and collectively. In this course, we will investigate theevolutionof that roleand the way that it has been exercised in the past 150 years. We will study the interaction of women with reform movements in an effort to discover how women influenced major reform efforts and how, in turn, those movements reshaped the role of women in an industrializing and urbanizing society. Our investigation will include several books, primarily biographies of such reformers as Elizabeth Cady Stanton, Margaret Sanger and Jane Addams and studies of such movements as suffrage, antislavery, educational reform, political reform, women's rights, and peace activisni. Discussions of these readings will be supplemented by lectures on larger historical issues. Grading will be based on short papers, two essay exams, and class participation. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 H The Japanese-American Experience: Relocation and Redress HIS 240-40028; 340-40029 Instructor: Khin-KhinJensen This course will focus on Japanese-Americanexperiences in the U.S.A. Perspectives on immigration patterns, geographic settlements, literature and contributions to the American economy and society will be explored. Special attention will be given to the forced evacuation of the Japanese Americans during World War 11, how and why they were uprooted from their homes and businesses and placed in so-called "American concentrationcamps", their adjustments to life behind barbed wire and their attempts to overcome this trauma. The recent Redress Bill in Congress, the constitutionalimplicationsof the order of evacuation and the role of the Supreme Court will be explored. Content and Procedure: Lectures, class discussions, audio-visual~,student reports and student projects. There will be a final exam. Upper Division students will also write a paper and present an oral report in class. Lower Division students will do a project and reports on audiovisuals and readings. Fees: Students should budget about $15 for film rentals and an ethnic meal in a restuarant in the Twin Cities. Prerequisites: None for lower division; one college history course or instructor's permission for upper division Time: I Room: Old Main 13 History of Ancient Israel HIS 363-40038 Instructor: Richard Nelson The history of ancient Israel is the history of a peripheral state. Yet, this minor state is central in the development of western culture because of its unique religiousexperience. This course will consider the poli tical, social, and economic history of Israel within the context of the ancient world. We will begin with a consideration of the cultures which prefaced the rise of Israel, continue through Israel's classic age (Patriarchs, Exodus, Conquest, Monarchy, Exile, Restoration) and conclude with the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus in 70 A.D. and the formation of Christianity. Classes will include both lecture and discussion. Grades will be based on quality of discussion, two examinations, and a term paper (8 to 10 pages). Traditional grading. Prerequisite: A college level history course or permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Music 22 The capstone of t h e ~ ~ u ~ sFirst b u rYear ~ Experience (FYE) Program is a special Interim course designed for first year students. For the 1990 Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement. Art and Idea: Aesthetic Experience in France, 1650-1900 INS 190-40035 Instructors: Julie Bolton, Marilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theatre? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theatre have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theatre always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theatre created in France in the years 1650-1900, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the college and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra, and attend performances of Bernstein's Candide at the Guthrie. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the various art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes on material covered. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15. Prerequisite: Freshman status Distribution: Fine Arts Time: 11, The class will normally meet during Time 11, but students will be expected to attend alimited number of off-campus events (some evenings andlor weekends) as a part of the class work. Room: Music-Sateren Interdisciplina 2 Appropriate Technology II Economics, The nvironment and INS 218-40043 Instructor: Tom Morgan The objective of this course is to develop a clearer sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our natural resources play in the economic well-being in our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment, technological and economicdevelopment. We willconsider alternative (appropriate) technological applications being experimented with as potential solutions to environmental problems. Course material will be presented through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of research into specificenvironmental/technologicalissues. Time: I1 Room: Science 319 An Introduction t o Islam INS 225-40045 Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenents, Islamic law (Sharifah),Islamic economic and political systems and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. A paper and at least one examination will be required. Distribution: Minority-Urban Studies Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 1 Augsburg Goes To Business INS 321-40055 Instructor: Tina Wagner This seminar is an experiential opportunity for students with any major who wish to learn more about work environments and choosing career paths. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations, and the varied environments in which they must operate. The objectives of the class are: 1. to develop a more clear understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day-to-day basis, and how these areas are integrated into the overall operation of a firm. 2. to develop and explore personal and career goals, and how a "fit" is established between an individual and an organization. 3. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accommodate practical application. Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture, discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit six different types of organizations in the metropolitan area including non-profit and corporate. Class discussions will focuson assigned readings, interpretations of the results of vocationally-oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the selection of career paths. Students will keep a journal of their experiences and observations. Grades will be determined on the basis of the journal, a class presentation, and on a research paper, the topic of which will be negotiated with the instructor. Prerequisite: Sophomore status or above Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 3 H Finite Mathematics MAT 121-40044 Instructor: Suzanne Doree A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: Math placement: Group I11 Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Math and its Applications: Succeed With Math MAT 132-40046 Instructor: Bev Stratton Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols scare you? Do you wonder why a student majoring in humanities or social sciences needs to know some mathematics? Would you like to improve your math skills, be more at ease with math, and maybe even l e a n to like math (a little)? If you answered yes to any of the above questions, this course is for you. The course will focus on problem solving, puzzles, modeling, and some of the applications of mathematics to such areas as sociology, biology, and business. Students will learn the relevance of mathematics to many occupations and gain confidence in their abilitiesto work with numbers and quantitative reasoning. Evaluation will be based on short quizzes, a problem solving journal, and a project. Prerequisite: Placement Group I11 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Cognizers MAT 235-40075 Instructor: Larry Copes The major goal of this course is to gain insight into how machinesand people think and learn by studyingattempts to get computers to do the same. We shall study the contributionsof a variety of disciplines, including artificial intelligence, psychology, neuroscience, philosophy, linguistics, and anthropology. Demonstrations of "intelligent" computer programs will lead to discussions of how closely their cognitive processes resemble those of humans. Evaluation will be on the basis of two half-session examinations and a full-session final. Prerequisites: one course of psychology, philosophy, computer programming or anatomylphysiology. Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Modern Geometry MAT 351-40036 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of transformational geometry by synthetic and coordinate methods, including complex variables, and an introduction to hyperbolic non-Euclidean geometry. Emphasis will be on proof and methods of proof. Class Sessions will include lectures, discussion, and problem solving activities. Assignments will provide the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: MAT 122 or 125 Time: I Room: Science 319 Music Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-40047 I Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Metzler The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich inspired the building of places of worship in this country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our ownensembles. Theoriginalscoresof Handel's "Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our encounter with the sounds and sights of Europe. Theatre and concert performances, a Gilbert and Sullivan operetta in London, and visits to world-renowned museums and architectural landmarks are planned. For those with a special interest in music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-Robbins Centrein England and hospitalsresearching music and medicine in Herdecke and Ludenscheid, West Germany. The comprehensive fee of $2,245 includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before October 27at theInternationa1ProgramsOffice,2018 Eighth Street. This course is offered on a P/N basis only. Philosophy The Ethics of Killing and Letting Die PHI 146-40053 Instructor: David Apolloni Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war? These questions and the various answers proposed arouse deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these issues. This course will utilize readings on these complex and burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical problcms which lic behind thc controversies surrounding aborlion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war. The course will combine lecture and class discussion on some contemporary philosophical readings on killing. Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and class participation. Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Philosophy of Science PHI 365-40037 Instructor: Ken Bailey Sometimesitis said that welive in the Age of Science. What does that mean? In what sense(s)might such a statement be said to be true or false? On the other hand, some astrologers say that we have just begun the Age of Aquarius, the Water Bearer, who is supposed to usher in an age of peace and prosperity. Are these two notions in conflict? Are they compatible? Is it really true that only science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any limits to scientific method? What does science have to say about values? How do you recognize a pseudo-science? These and other questions about scientificmethods, scientific knowledge, and applications of science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?) Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a mid-term and a final examination; course participation; and a study project. Prerequisites: Suggested Philosophy 130 (logic) and one course in a natural science Time: I1 Room: OM 11 Physics II Introduction to Weather r..lL .? - -. I -\- I I PHY 106-40052 .-, Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weathcr changes and understanding thc world's climate. Rclalccl topics to bc includcd arrr: hydrology (study of the carth's water cyclc), pollution, cconomic effects of the wcathcr, and wcatl~cr'simpact on world e m n ts. This coursc is clcsigncd to be an elective or satisfy t l ~ Mathematics-Physics c distribution requirement for the liberal arts srudcnt. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a jnurnal of weather and site visi ts. Daily wca tlwr maps will lw crcalcd using portablc wcai her sqlcllitc reception s y s tcm carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of oprrational wcathcr facililics, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzesand lectures will be given during the travd. Gsadcs will bc bawd upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual projcct completed during the trip. Thc cost will l x approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 27, Prerequisites: High Scllool Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 28 4 High Vacuum Technology and Gas Dynamics PHY 325-40039 Instructor: Mark Engehretson High vacuum tcchnolngy is crucial to many a]trcn t "high tmlmologies," i~icludingadvanccsin expcrimcntalscicncc in a11 ticlclq production of scrniconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gascs and "sensitive" mat^ rials. Dcspitc this, gcncral awarcncss of high vacuum technologics lags far bchind thcir rlcvclopment. This courw wil I acquaint thc student wit 1.1 technologies currently crnploycd in producing and monitoring a high vacuum environment, and with thc physical behavior of gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some in conjunction with Chcmistry 325. Students will learn to use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-l~scdcnrnp~~ter controllers and compu ter-cornpa liblc sensors. Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and a paper. Prerequisites: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 151-40058 Instructor: Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 1-2-3)have been used extensively in business for years. However it is also possible to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary motion and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will bebased on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam. Prerequisites: Math Level I11 Time: I Room: Science 30 Political Science Social Justice in America POL 140-40059 Instructor: Andy Aoki Social justice is one of the burning issues of modem politics. For moral theorists, the nature of socialjustice is a continuing challenge; For practical politicians, it is a question which can bc ignorcd but not avoidcd. From pmatal caw for poor women to mcdical c a p for the elderly, most important public policy debates involve questions of social justice. To adequately consider these policy questions, one must have some conception of social justice. In this class, you will work to develop your ideas of social justice, and to understand how they apply to public policies. The policies to be considered will vary depending on student interest, but the range of possible issues is vast, including such topics as student financial aid, jobs programs, school choice, aid to the poor, Social Security, environmental protection, and military service. The majority of class time will be spent in discussions. Participation is essential. Reading will be fairly light, but everyone is expected to actively engage in class activities and discussions. No prior knowledge is needed, but an interest in public issues is important. Requirements will consist of short papers, class participation, and a brief final exam. Although the workload is moderate, the course is mentally demanding. Rigorous thinking about social justice can be troubling; some questions will be provocative and disturbing. Students should be willing to tackle difficult intellectual challenges; doing so will enable you to gain a better understanding of some of the most difficult problems of our time, and to make a greater contribution to efforts to deal with those problems. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Politics in Scandinavia POL 250-40040 Instructor: Einar Vetvik The course objective is to give a basic knowledge of the political systemsand important current policy issuesin the Scandinavian countries. The course will present an overview of the basic structure and main features of government, politics, policy issues, political behavior and leadership in the Scandinavian welfare-state model. There will be one paper and one exam as assignments for the course. The model of teaching will consist of lectures, seminars and group discussions. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions POL 475-40041 Instructor: Phillip E Fishman The course is designed for political scienceand socialwork students and others who are concerned with institutional operation and change/reform. Text and case-studies will bemploycd to examine the role of the federal judiciary in: prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing, police and immigration policy in the '90s. Coutsc objcctivcs are to assist the studcnk 1) to understand the judicial processand how judges makepolicy; 2) to learn how liability iscstabfishedand appropriate remedies are fashioned for rclicf; 3).to explore thc dynamic conflict between the federal bench and political and administrativeinstitu tions. The instructoruseslecture and hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction. There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolitan police station, a United States immigration court and a mental health facility. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing Time: Tuesday, January 26-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and Wednesday thereafter Room: Old Main 16 Political and Cultural Diversity in the USSR and Eastern Europe POL 459-40073 Instructors: Norma Noonan and William Wright The course which begins in January and continues for 14 weeks into the spring semester is an overview of the political, cultural and national forces which both divide and unite the East European nations and the U.S.S.R. A joint course of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and the University of Minnesota, this course will feature weekly guest lecturers, weekly discussions, extensivereadings and a research paper. There may also be shorter analytical essays and a final. This is a special course which will be offered only once. As designed, it is impossible to complete it within the four-week Interim period, so students able to take the course only for the January segment should not enroll or ask for an exemption to finish the course in January. No exemptions will be granted. Students may also register for this course as a spring term course and so take another interim course. Prerequisites: One course in political science or history dealing with the USSR or Eastern Europe; or permission of instructor. Time: Wednesdays 1:15-3:15 p.m. (January through March) Room: Science 315 Psychology The Self Symbols as~ e v e a l e din Myths and PSY 340-40061 Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self." The objective of the courstz is to gain a d e p m understanding of one's individual self and of how thc conccptualiza[ions of your w1f have t e n molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the courx willinclude topics such as: the impact of science on myth; thc mythologics of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psyche logical transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will bc expected to bE p w pared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussion. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class participation, (2) a course journal, and (3) four or five short (600-800 word) papers. Prerequisite: General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Psychology of the Legal System PSY 335-40056 Instnr ctar: Nancy Steblay The US. Iegal system wilt be investigated from the p r spectivc of psychological theory, research and practice. A specificfocus will beon the social psychologyof courtroom procedures with considmation of such topics as jury sclectian, ~yclwitnessevaluation and jury decision making. Class readingsand discussion will also cover such broader areas as morality, justice, ethics and victimization. Guest lccturcrswill include members of the legal and psychological cornrnunities. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to classroom discussion. Prerequisites: A general psychology course Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 1 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-40074 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. Thiscourse will bcconductcd asa scminarwitha highlevel of studmt contribution and pasticipation. Attendance at each class %session i s wquired. Procedures wit1 include dass discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral rcprts. Studcnts will be requircrl to seek out and interview persons in the adolcsccnt level of development. Typing or equivalent word processing will bc required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis. Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Religion Eastern Orthodoxy REL 420-40062 Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen Eastern Orthodoxy is the primary religion of Greece, Russia, and thc Bastcm Bloc countries. We will explore the history, theology, liturgy and sacraments in the Orthodox Tradition. Class will include Iccture, discussion, slide pncsentation and an evcning liturgy. Requirements incIude one exam and two short papera Tl~rccpaperback booksarerequir~d.Attendance at thest. GrcgoryofNyssa liturgy an January 10 at 6:30 porn.and at the icon slide presentation on January 17 are also required. Prerequisites: Religion 111or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-40057 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, bu t also study its origin in the 16th century and its dcveloprnent and cultural influcncc during 450 years of history. One short text will introduce us to the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, formed in 1988; a second text will give us an insight into the global organization and broader social issues related to the Lutheran World Federation. A third book, writtcn by the President of the College, will show us the roots of the Lutheran Church in the Bible and the confessional writings; and a fourth text will give us an over-view of the history of this church. Lecture and class discussion will deal with explaining these things, plus noting the Lutheran witness to the gospel of JcsusChrist in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology,and theology. Therewill be three examsplussome brief written assignments. Students will be expected to be present the first day of class and to purchase all required materials on that day in class for about $25.00. Please bring your check book or cash. Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 18 f The Other Side o Paradise: Tourism, The Mi i t a y and Cultural Confrontation in Hawaii [q "G' REL 251-40063;349-40067 Instructors: John Benson and Duane Addison We invite you to come to Hawaii with us for a special class. Other January Interim courses go to Hawaii as well, but this one will be distinctive. Saying "Hawaii" can conjure up images of beaches, palm trees, and winter tans. We will not ignore these aspects of Hawaii, but we will also probebeneath the image projected to most tourists. We will study how Hawaii "works"-politically, economically, and culturally. Three social problems in particular tourism, militarism, and cultural confrontation will provide the focus of this learning experience from a Christian ethical point of view. First we will look at some less attractive aspects of the tourism industry. Who benefits and who loses? Representatives of Hawaii's diverse peoples and viewpoints will offer insights into the ecological, economic, and political consequences of marketing the islands as a tourist paradise. Secondly we will learn to see the U.S. military presence on the islands in a new way. Many Americans associate Hawaii with the bombing of Pearl Harbor and World War 11. But the presence of the U.S. Pacificcommand continues to have significant implications for both the people and ecosystems of Hawaii. Finally, culturn1 conflict and confrontation in Hawaii will be studied. Many immigrant groups havc come to the islands: Japnesc, chine.^, Filipinos, Tongans, Samoans, Portuguese,mainland Americans, and others. The interaction of these groups with native Polynesians yields a high degree of cultural diversity. We will learn about the exploitation and racial tensions that exist, as well as ways in which diversity is appreciated and celebrated. The cost for the course is $1,995.00, and it can be taken for religion or crosscultural credit. We will visit the islands of Oahu, Hawaii, and Maui, traveling via buses, vans, and planes. Our accommodations will vary, including a camp in the mountains, another camp on the beach, and several tourist-level hotels. Grades will be based on degree of involvement, the quality of contribution to the discussions and a journal. Upper division credit will require a special project which will involve a presentation to the group. Distribution: Religion Prerequisites: Permission of instructor; for upper division credit, one course in college level religion, East Asian culture or introductory sociology or anthropology* The Theology of Marriage REL 343-40070 Instructors: Curt Paulson, Cathy Paulson Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not, but it will increase your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung, will be studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarily to the family. There will be lectures, discussion, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, and an examination. Two books will be required. Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 or permission of instructor. Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements.) Time: I Room: Old Main 10 C J q t'b West Afrzcan Religion and Culture ' I i REL 241-40072 I! L d Instructor: Brad Holt Off thebeaten track of American tourists, this journey will focus on meeting African people, observing their religious rituals, music and art, and pondering their history. We will converse with urban and rural Africans of different faiths, different levels of education, in different climates. After visiting the collections of African art in London, we will journey to Nigeria, an English-speaking nation, and the most populous of all African states. There we will encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each will bring intriguing surprises, as they reflect African culture in ways different from what can be found in the U.S.A. First we will visit Ibadan, largest traditional African city and metropolis of the Yoruba people. We will explore the contemporary forms of the ancient Yoruba tradition, observe the work of the babalawo or diviner, and the dramatic worship services of the Aladura Christian churches. We will visit the universities of Ibadan and Ife to dialogue with Nigerian professors and students. At Benin, site of the ancient Kingdom discovered by the Portuguese in the 1400s,we will observe the world famous bronze sculptures in the Benin Art Museum. We will meet different traditions among the Igbo people, whose culture has been so dramaticallydescribed in the novels of Chinua Achebe. We will see the forces of change in the "Middle Belt" of Nigeria, where in the villages the competition is sometimes keen among the three religious traditions. We will stop to swim and to view African animals in the Yankari Game Reserve. Finally, we will visit the far north and the historic city of Kano, former trading center for the trans-Sahara trade routes, where camel trains can still sometimesbe discovered. The grand mosque and museum will help us understand the Hausa and Fulani traditions of Islam in Africa. Through it all, we will live simply, encountering life in a Third World country that is struggling to find appropriate blendsof Africanand Western culture. We will travel light, and experience the taste, the music, the art, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations. Evaluation: Each day participants will engage in structured dialogue and individual journal writing. Two short tests will be given. Required Readings: Lawson, Religions of Africa; Parrinder, Religion in Africa; Kalu, The Nigerian Story. The cost of $2,195 includes all air and ground transportation, accommodations and excursions, breakfast and one dinner in London, breakfast and all dinners in Nigeria. Registration must be made before October 27 at the International Programs Office, 2018 S 8th Street. This course is offered om a P/Nbasis only. Social Work Exploring Human Semices SWK 257-40060 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar for three hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 1 Issues of Homelessness SWK 339-40051 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg The intent of this course is: 1. To expand the student's knowledge of homelessness in an historical context; 2. To expand the student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities; 3. To expand the student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal; and 4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness. Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A seminar format will be used in the classroom for discussion/exploration of the topic. Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the basis of evaluation. Fee: $30.00 Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this course. Prerequisites: SOC 111,121, SWK 257,361, or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Old Main 22 Field Work III SWK 46640065 (full course) SWK 466-40064 (112 course) Instructor: Francine Chakolis The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationships to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem-solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-40064) (15 hours per week) or full (46640065)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: To be arranged Sociology IPrinciples of Sociology (with emphasis on the Health Care System) SOC 121-40071 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrations and exercises will be directed to the health care system. Cross-cultural comparisons will be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given. Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Time: I1 Room: Library 1 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-40066 Instructor: Jeny Gerasimo This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an opportunity for off-campus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combinationof classparticipation,a research project, and a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room: Music 23 Spanish Beginning Spanish SPA 111-40048 Instructor: Mary Kingsley Beginning Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introducethe student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepare him or her either to go on to additionalstudy of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the second course. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approachused in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter and a written and an oral final exam. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Speech- Communication Movement for the Theatre SPC 226-40068 Instntctor: Martha Johnson In this course students will explore principles and styles of movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks and improvisationwillbe introduced as tools for corporeal expression. All different aspects of movement will be explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture, walking, etc. Movement exercises will be built around short scenes, poems, and speeches. Some principles of Oriental movement will also be introduced. Studcnts will be given rcquired rcadings on thc principles of movement. Thcy will be askcd to write one final paper on course content and requircd rcadings. Attending plays and class rnovcment presentations will also bcrcquired, as wcll as two play reviews. Grading will k bas& an class work, final papcr, and rnovcmcn t prcsen tations. The class will be designed for thosc who desire to increase their skiIls as actors, and also for those preparing for such ficlds as teaching, law, thc minishy, ctc. Time: JJ Room: Tjornholm-Nelson Theatre Documentary Video SPC 347-40069 Instructor: Deborah Bart Documentary Video is a video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work as production teams, gaining experience in field production and cdi ting. The production teams will produce a thirty minutcdocumcntary piece. Evaluation will bebasedupon studcnt journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. There will be a $20 lab fee. Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I Time: I Room: Foss A-V Seminar W W E Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning expcricnces during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330-1655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 27,1989. Thesecoursesare offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. AMERICAN WRITERS AND ARTISTS IN EUROPE W ANTIQUITIES OF GREECE W ART AND ART HISTORY: THE EUROPEAN EXPERIENCE W N W W W W W W W W AUSTRIA, ITALY AND THE EASTERN CAPITALS: THE HAPSBURG HERITAGE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS THE BRITISH THEATRE CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL ISSUES IN THE USSR ECOLOGICAL SAFARI IN EAST AFRICA EUROPE AND THE DAWN OF CAPITALISM THE EUROPEAN ROOTS OF MODERN SCIENCE FRANCE AND THE FRENCH THE FRENCH-AFRICAN CONNECTION: PARIS AND DAKAR GERMAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE: MUNICH, SALZBURG AND VIENNA INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND CULTURE IN A EUROPEAN ENVIRONMENT JAPAN: A WALK THROUGH TIME LAW INLONDON MALAYSIA: THE CROSSROADS OF ASIA MEXICO'S FUTURE: PROSPECTS FOR DEMOCRACY AND DEVELOPMENT PEACE STUDIES: THE COLD WAR VS COMMON SECURITY IN EUROPE THE SOVIET UNION AND EASTERN EUROPE IN THE GORBACHEV ERA VOLARE! ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN ITALY WEST AFRICAN RELIGION AND CULTURE Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuitioncost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-40078 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian bordcr or for whi te water canoeing and desert campingon the RioGrandein theDecernkr 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organiwtionhas sclmescholarshipsavaitablc). Washington D.C. Interims Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda P O L 398-40076 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles P O L 398-40077 These interims begin January 1and contlnue unti1 January 20. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. MiIda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in this class without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-40081 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1200-1:00 MWF Room: Melby Racquetball HPE 002-40082 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby Badminton HPE 00240083 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1990
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The Evangelical Lutheran Church of America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis and St. Paul, the small college environment, about 2,700 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural...
Show more Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The Evangelical Lutheran Church of America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis and St. Paul, the small college environment, about 2,700 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sport and recreational activities in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and metropolitan events is a lelightful and broadening experience. 4ugsburg in the Summer Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from May 29 -June 22, Term I1 runs from June 25 -August 3. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. ! .mer 1990 Term I Term I1 April 23 April 23 May 29-30 June 25-26 May 31 June 27 b Beginning of Preregistration b Confirmation-of Registration Classes Begin Balance of T u p n Due Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $50 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) - Holiday - None July 4 Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W) June 12 July 16 Classes End June 22 August 3 Grades Due in Registrar's Office June 27 August 8 , Y ~ Q UN E E D T I I I I 1 1 I Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. I Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. I The College Reserves the right to cancel listed courses. I T Information and Forms Eligibility Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Murphy Place 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1786 Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Director Jay Dixen, Secretary Financial Aid Financial Aid is limited to the GuaranteedStudentLoan.An~studenttaking one course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. &tact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student Augsburg College. Tllose wishing to beginadegreeprogramatthecollege should apply for admission through the Officeof Admission, P erm I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on May 29 or 30. Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 25 and 26. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to intc ships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. b Confirmation of Registration will taKe place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 29 and 30, and June 25 and 26. The Balance uwed for tuition must be paid before registration ~nfirmed. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg accou~~r from previni~q rm/s must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. ' .-Late Fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 31. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 27. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To Change Your Registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 31 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 27 for Term I1 courses. his procedure applies to internships and-independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the Tuition Refund Policy. Fees L The Tuition Charge for 1989 Summe School courses is as follows. ,$540.00 full-credit courses, $320.00 for halfcredit courses, and $160.00 for fourth,edit courses. Audits are charged at tl~itionrat-= lict-d above. tuition and is non-refundable and nontransferable except when a course is cancelled due to low enrollment. When this happens, you may elect to receive a deposit refund or substitute anoth Starting April 23 you may preregister for Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course preregistration must be accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course To )id Disappointment in course selection, preregistration is recommended. Many courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before tl first day of the term. 1- Tuition Refund Policy The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds: Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 100%of the refundable portion of the fee. Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 75% of the refundable portion of the fee. Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% of the refundable portion of the fee. Note: Collrses with fewer that1 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedr~leofrefi~nds Campus Location 35W from the North - Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Avenue S. 1-94 East from Minneapolis - Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 35W from the South - Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. Nondiscrimination Pol icy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. I mourn mma May 29 - June 22,1990 ART 107-8100 DRAWING Bollman Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjectsinclude still-life,figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:00 p.111 M,T, W,TIi OM17 ART 118-8101 ART 335-8102 Bollman PAINTING I AND Il Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts, developing personal cxpression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:00 p.111 M,T,W,TIt OM17 k HUMAN BIOLUC Mickelberg Basic biologicalconcepts from an anthropocenhicpoint of view. An attempt to answ-sfi~h questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic foldlDoes man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 1 3. Dist.: Yes. : G-in.m. M,T,W,Th,F SC1205 BUS 221-8104 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTIN !k Introduction to business activities S drtd ic concepn fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: N 8:30-l0:50 0.111. M,T, W,TIt,F OM22 BUS 222-8105 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 Herzog A continuation of BUS 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentalsofmanagerialaccounting,planningandconbolling processes, decision-making and behavioral considera tions. (Prereq.: BUS 221) OM13 6:OO-9:00 p.ttt. M,T, W,Th BUS 252-8106 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Meziou Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factorsas they affectproduct, promotion,marketingchannel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No. 5:00-8:00 p.ttr. M,T, W,Th OM11 BUS 279-8107 QUANTITATIVE METHODS Morgan An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference, and estimationwithemphasison their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group 111or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104.) OM11 9:30-11:50 a.rn M,T,W,Th,F BUS 322-8108 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I Kader Analysisof accounting theorypertaining tofinancialstatements, income concepts, current and non-current assets. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113. 6:OO-9:00 p.ni. M,T,W,Th Oh BUSIECO 199-8109 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arranged with individual faculty in the nonartment of Business Administration & Economicc Ifi ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES ~abella ~ e c ~ n o m i c i r n ~ l i c a t i o nproblemsfacingametrosof urban environment Ry independent study nist.: Yes. Arranged ECO 112-8111 Gupta PRINCIPLES OF MACKueCONOMICS Introduction to macro-economics;na tional income analvsis, monetary and fiscal policy, nomic growth. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-ll:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM13 ECO 292-8112 EAST-WEST TRADE ZaPP An analysis of the conditions for East-West economic cooperation. A focus on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. An identification of trends and alternatives in the 1990s. 9:30-11:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM16 allocation, analysis of consumer nomics. Prerequisite: ECO 113 6:00-9:00 p.111, M,T, W,Th '-- d SCI. EDE 253-8114 EDS 264-8115 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN URBAN SETTING Gerrnundsen Study and investigation of variousaspectsof the teaching profession. Dist.: Yes, wlicn combined with EDE 363 ur EDS 052. (1/ 2 course) 6:OO-9:00 11 111.M, W OM25 EDE 341-8116 EDS 341-8117 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY I'sycliological n ~ i dpliilosopli~caldiniensic~nsof coininu~iicntiontliroi~glithe use of instructional tcclinology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of cffcctiveaudio-visual niateriaIsf~~rteacliing/Icarniugsih~ations. Dist.: No (1/2 course) 72:OO-3:00 )1 111 T,Ur TOSS175 EDE 375-8118 rIISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF CINDERGARTEN ~ n d e r ~ a r t ccurricu~uni,niatcria~s, li Lab. arr. Prcrcquisitc to studen t teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license fur teaching at that level. Dist.: No. (1/2 cuursc) Prcrcq : Consent of instructor 1.7 930-71:50 0.111 M, W EDE 382-8119 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS Drewlow Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Dist.: No. (1 / E .5:30-8:30 /l.rrr. T,TIr OM22 EDE 383-8120 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH Lindow Examination and preparation of materials and resources for pliysical education and healtli at tlie kindergarten and elenientaryle\,els. 1.ab.experiences. Dist.: No. (1 /2coursc) 5:OO-8:OO J!.III. T,Tlr EDE 388-8121 EDS 388-8122 HUMAN RELATIONS Mueller tccliEmphasis on tlie study of values, 11f cc~~~imunicatioii niqucs,a~idof tlie majr1rminc1rity groupsiii Minnesota for 'lie develc~pniciitof interpersonal relations skills appliable to tccicliingand other prolcssional vocations. Open to all Dist : NO (1 /2 course) Ilrquired for all Elcmcntary and Secondary I<ducatioii ~najors OMIO 5:.?0-5:30 11 III M, W ENG 111-8123 EFFECTIVE WRITING Swanson limplinsis is on exposition, including Icariiing research tccliniqucsand writiligcriticalrcvicws Atlcastonc work of literature is assigned Attentic)n is given to increasing sti~deiits'cffcctivcncss in choosing, organizing, and dcvcloping topics, tliiiiki~igcritically,and rcvisingforclarity and style The ~ i i i n ~ n i upassing ~n gr,idc for this course is 2 U Dist: Yes 9:30-1 1:501i 111.M,T, W,111,F OM27 ENG 282-8124 SPECIAL TOPICS: INTRODUCTION T O AFRICANLITERATURE Bodziok Tlicsh~dyofthecmerin 'Iiterat~~reofAfricaanditsstn~ggle g.h to find its own cultural ~deiititywithin tlie uneasy co-existenccof Western c u l t ~ ~ r e a ncenturies-old d traditions Also included in the coursc are some African-American writers who have tried to discover the sigiiificaiicc of their lost African licritagc. 12:OO-.3:00 11.111M,T, W.TI1 OM13 BEGINNING GERMAN I Steinmel Classroom practice speaking, understanding and r e a d i ~ l ~ basic German for students with iio previous backgruuiid in German Dist : Yes 8:30-70:50 n.111 M,T, W,7'11,F OM72 SPA 111-8126 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I) SPA 111-8127 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Kingsle Aims to develop four basic skills: Uiidc ding, speaning, reading and writing of elementary S1 h. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world uist.: Yes 8:.30-70:50 n.111.M,T, W,Tlr,F fSectii1111) OM78 11) 5:30-7:50 }'.III. M,T, W,Tlr,F (S~~ctioli OM7 HPE 410-8128 Borstad u, and relationsliGs to cornm:n~ty health program and re: sources. Dist.: No. ~ r c r e ~ z s i tHPE e : 3% 5:30-8:30 J I . I ~ I . M,T, W,TII O M HIS 341-8129 TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY: WWII Zehnder Bcgiiis with a study of Llic failule of liberalism, the rise of Fasclsni, and the power ( ~ natic,iialism f in the pre-war era, followed by an cxani~natio~i of the coursc of the war itself Concludes with an nltempt to understand post-war Europe including the state of Eastern Europe, the success of the Ixft, and tlicatte~npttodcvclopo new Europcan unity (Students wlio earned crcdit for Topics in European History offered in Suiiiiiicr Sessioii I, 1988, niay not takc tliis coursc for crcdit ) T.ourcr division students may takc this course with the permission of tlic History Dcpart~iicnt. Dist : Ycs Additional work required for u u u c r division crcdi t 12:00-3:OO 11I I I M,T, W,llr, ', ,I ? MAT 173-8130 MATH OF INTEREST Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why womenl~avebemcliarged more than men for annuities and receive lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurancc? Or how life insurancc premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments arc figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sun1 or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any s t u d c ~ ~i~ltcrested ts in careers in finance-related fields Dist.: Ycs 6:00-900 11111 M,T, W.Tlr OM27 1 PHI 130-8131 { LOGIC Apolloni Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you .. .. . . . must accept a particular conclusion Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine therulcswhicligovcrli valid argumentsand work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist : Ycs OM23 X:30-70:50 fl 111 M,T, W,TII,F - r - PHY 103-8132 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES Arge An introductory course in which the applications, problcnis, and experiments arc selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonshate the relevance of pliys~csto the life sciences. Tlie course is de~ ; ,to~ serve ~students ~ ~ in ~ biology, . i psychology, physical ion (therapy programs), medical technology and lealth science programs. The course is also a very r~tao~eelectiveordistributionrequirementfor theliberal arts student. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup I11 Dist.: Yes. POL 453-8133 THE FRAMEWORK OF GERMAN UNIFICATION Hedblom '~liiscoursewillanalyze thepolitics,economics,and social changeofGerman reunification in relation toEurope,botli Wcst and East Close analysis of West German reunification initiatives, East German reform initiatives and West European reactions, all key elements in the creation of single Europe. Dist.: Yes (Also satisfies either comparative politics or international relations areas for political science major.) Independent Seminar in Tern1 [with fuur ?ssions, independent assignments, short papers Scniiardates: June 1,8,15, and 20. ,1111-11 :lJO 11 III 1 POL 455-8134 ANATOMY OF THE USSR Noonan The course will analyze the politics, economics and social cha~igcoftheconteniporary Soviet Union. Closecxami~iation of glasnost, perestroika, new thinking and democratization as political processes of tlie Gorbachev era. Dist.: Yes. Independent seminar, seminar-discussio~i/lccturc sessions, ~ n d e p e n d c writtc~i ~~t assignments, short papers. Seminar dates: May 30, June 6 , 11, 18, and 22, (Students must attend all seminars.) SC1319 10:00- 12:00 IIOOII. POL 199-8135 POL 399-8136 INTERNSHIPS Arrnrr~cd Hedblom POL 499-8137 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1 REL 445-8138 THE BIBLE: LANGUAGE AND INTERPRETATION Quanbeck A study of the use and fuiictio~iof language in the Bible. Tlie importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding tlie Bibhcal text. Grades will be based on class participation, a presentation to the class and an examination. Dist.: No. I'rereq.: Re1 111 or 221, or consent of instructor. R:30-10:51111.1rr. M,T,W,TIi,F OM25 SWK 399-8 INTERNSHIPS AlVrnr~gcri M. Brown SWK 499-8140 INDEPENDENT STUDY Armrlged M. Brown 329-8141 ~NTERCULTURAL OMMUNICATION Lapakko his coursc will cxplorc bc~tlithe prc)blems and the potcntial of communication between persons of diffcrcnt cultural groups. Factorssucli asetlinocc~itrism,stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and nou-verbal synibols will be examined. 9:.?0-11:511 fl.111.M,T, W,Tlr,F OM10 k r ugsburg college ~urnmek 1 June 25 - August 3,1990 - ART 132-8150 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION D ~ ~ i ~ ART 132-8151 Friederichsen PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Thecamera used as a tool for visual creativib and cxpression; black and white, color and photographic processcs. Need access to a 35mmcamera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $125.00-$150.00. (Class size limited.) 1:30-5300 }?.IJI. M, W (Sectio~rI) 6:00-9:30 y.rrr. M, W (Sectio~i11) 0 ~ 4 BUS 175-8152 COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS Her2 Introduction to computerized data processing: BAS LOTUS, DBASE,word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No Prerequisite: Hi h school algebra. G:00-9:30 p.rrr. M, W FOSS20 A BUS 222-8153 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 Stoller Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, plaiiiling and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: BUS 221 8330-9:55n.r11. M,T, W,TIi,F - ON'BUS 242-8154 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (SECTION I) BUS 242-8155 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (SECTION 11) Cemto rm I L : , ~ I I . I I ! . . I I I I ~ I I : , organization, Developmentof the I;II.II[ staffing, planning al:, I t I I ; I I I . 'I 1 1 1 , I ~ , ! i l i rof ~ ~ authority, accountability and I - W I.I I; .il~~i:: ~ ~ l , . .In,\i;,..l!. of the role of the professional manager. Dist : No 6:00-9:30 p.111.T,TIi (Sectiurl I ) 6:00-9:30 y.rrr. M, W (Sectiorr 11) OM11 b PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS Sabella Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the housed hold, ~ firm, ~ market i ~ structures h ~ ~and ~income distribution. Applicationof elementary c----7mic theory tomarketpolicy. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:30p'n1' OM22 ' -^ ECO 315-81 MONEY A. .- JANKING (SECTION I) ECO 315-8161 MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11) Gupta Monetaw and bank in^ svstems, varticularlv commercial hanks .II\L~ the ~ e d e r a ~ ~ < e s e~ryvset e n monetary ~; theory .lnJ volicv. Ilist: No. Prereu.: Fco 112.113 6:00-930 ;.In. M,W (Sectiolt 1)' :00-9:30p.111.T,Th (Section 11) EDE 376-8162 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SOCIAL SCIENCES Endorf Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab. experiences. Dist.: No. (1/4 cou 9:30-11:15n.1n. M,W (lurie 25-luly 9) EDE 386-8163 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: V. Olsen CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab experiences Dist.: No (1/2 course) 9:30-11:15 n rr~.T,Th L4 EDE 387-8164 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS Therres 1- ..1111111,111011 ~11:~ 1 I ~ I L ~ ~ . I I - , I I II L~~ materials II and resources t h 9 1 I Iil1yu.r):~: .lrl.. ,,! 1111, 1 ~ 1 1 ~!:,irtenand ~1v: elementarylev~ 1 , I . . L I ~ \ . \ I iIi ~t m ~ a ~ b mI ~m' ?>O , I I . I I EdE255orEdS265.) 1 1 10 1 ' > / 8 J t l 1 I!? L4 EDE 388-8165 BUS 323-8156 HUMAN RELATIONS Clemmons ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I1 Kader I 1,11~11,1~.i*. O H t l ! , ~ : , 1 1 1 ~ 1-I~ 1.1l114"., I ~mmunication twh~ \ I I , I I I , I ~ V ~ , <111111!11; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ :~It;~11i~(~~~1taiiungtoinvestmcnts, L ~ ~ ~ I I I L I I I L . ... . I I L I I ('1 I I I V I I I . L ~ I .I ~ I I IIIV ~ ~ ~:r-jl~p;in I Mlnnesatafor l . ~ ~ ~ ; ,, 1r1i1~~ 11l1~1 1 ~ r ~ : ! , i l b : ~ , II.,,,~I..WI ..l:abilitiesand reserved, .I< 111.11 1.11 lh11111 ? ~ I ~ 1 1 ~ 1 ~ ~ 1 ~ , ~ 1 ~ ~ 1 1 ~ ~ ~ I 1 . 1 ~ ~ i ~ o:I;,, i ~ i n c o1m1 IeIdIeI t~1'1e. IrI::II.:I mIi - 1*1:r-,wn.llr ~ k t i o n sskills apyli. t , 1 1 ~ I l( #~ I~t , . ~ ( l u r i ! .,111~1 IIIIIC.I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t ~ % m n a l v w uOpen kionti I I I I 1I I I ~ n g e(Prerequisite: 1 , ~ . ~ 1I 1I I . . ~ :m-lh$ ( 1 I '. L ~ ~ I I - . , , I;,) quiradf~~rallElrmu~~t~ BUS 322) Dist.: No. and Secondary Education majors. 6:00-9:30 p.111.M,W OM22 8:30-10:15n.rrr. M,W OM10 BUS 199-8157 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of E,, -82-8166 Business Administration and Ecoiiomics INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL EDUCATION Metcalf Introduction to the field of special education Examines the nature, causes, and educational interventions for ECO 110-8158 such V.I I . ~ > ~ I ~ I I I . L ~ ,hi. I I ~mental L,,> retardation, physical disECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella abililv, I : L . . ~ 11::: .411,I k 1v.1onimnsirment, learninl 'isabiliStudy ofeconomicimplicatioiisofproblemsfaciilgametrotie, I I I I I .a edness. Dist.: I . urbanenvironment. By independentstudy only. Dist.: Yes. Arrn~iged f j t ENG 241-8167 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ARTS Mitchell An investigation of the artlstlc qualities and tlie historical development of tlicfil~nmedium l'liccoirrscincl~rdcsthe viewing and discussing of both feature length and short fil~ns Some class periods will be cxtc~idcdto view films. 6:00-9:.30 / ~ , I I I Tr7l'1r FOSS775 ENG 282-8168 ENG 482-8169 ENCHANTMENT OF EVIL Griffin Evil, tliouglit tlie poet Edmund Spcnser, is a sort of encliant~ncnt In literature, evil is often interesting, charming, witty, and cvcn admirable Evil is also a liar Behind the magical facade lies cniptincss and despair. Wlicrc evil is the most self-import'int, it is likely to be the most ridiculousor trivial Thcco~irsewillbegin witha s t ~ ~ of dy Rcna~ssanccwritcrs like Sliakcspcarc, Marlowc and Milton and conclude with works of 20th Century writers IikeC S Lewis, Tolkien, and Iris Murdoch Dist : yes. 6:OO-9:30 y.rrr M, W OM23 GER 112-8170 BEGINNING GERMAN 11 Steinmet; Classroom practicein speaking, understanding and rcading basicGerman. Lab. Dist.: Yes. OM1 1 8:70-95.5 n 111. M,T, W,Tlr SPA 112-8171 BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I) SPA 112-8172 BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of cleinmtary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spiinish-speaklll- world. Dist.: Yes 8:10-9:55n r r r M,T, W,TII (Si,cliur~I) 5:30-7: 15 11 111. M.T, W,Tlr (S~ctiorr11) OM18 HPE 320-8173 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUIVI D( Techniques for developing a course o f ' k . I y based growth and development for grades ! ? f 2 Special worl units in nutrition and diseases. Dist.: No. Prcrcquisitc Consent of instructor, Ar'rnrr~cd. A HIS 341-8174 TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY: EASTERN EUROPE UNDER THE HABSBURGS Zehnder This course will focus on three themes: 1)Thebackground of the pcoplcsof East Central Eurupe and tlie Balkans and tlieir current condition, 2) The ingenious institutions of the Habsburgs that successfully met tlie challenge of Rcf'ormation, Libcral~sm,and Nationalism, 3) Tlie great cultural co~itributionof the Habsburgs at the meeting point of Latin, Gcrman, and Slavic societies, c g Mozart, Freud ctc Luwer division students may take this coursc with per~iiissionof the History Department Dist : Yes 10:OS-1 1:.30n 111 M,T, W,Tlr,F OM1 1 INS 225-8175 AN INTRODUCTION T O ISLAM Kader This coursc wrll examine the ideological foundations of Islam, its b a s ~ cconcepts and tcnets, Islamic law, economic and political systems and Islamic patterns of life Tliere will also be a considcratio~iof tlic diffcre~iccs betweell the Islamic sects and some cffort to deal with tlie similarities and differences between l s l a ~ nand both Christianity a ~ i dJ~ldaism Dist : Yes 6:00-9:30 11 J I I . 1',Tlr OM25 MUS 130-8176 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC IN THE DunhaFINE ARTS Kelationsliip between music of each period and the 0th fine arts. For non-music majors Dist.: Yes 70:05-7 1:30 n 111 M,T, W,Tlr PHI 120-8177 ETHICS Apolloni Somcti~iicsyou say tha r t a i n action is right or condcln~iit as wrong. Why d o you thinkit is riglit? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgenients about personal and social issuresulting from them Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 n 111 M.T, W,Tlr,F OM16 - EEE PHY 101-8178 ASTRONOMY Arge Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; use 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Matli Placement Group I1 6:lJO-9:30 }I.III. T,TIi OM10 POL 160-8179 WORLD POLITICS Cmz Introduction to tlie processes and lssucs of international politics, including the dynamics of the international tem. theories of international relatio~is.and a focus recent problems. Dist.: Yes. p.1~.M,T, W,Tlr OM23 I POL 475-8180 THE LEGAL PROCESS Fishman Tlie coursc seeks to provide the undergraduate student with an introductory understanding of tlie fu~ictioning of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's interdependence with tlie social environment; tlic law's social junctions; the social and moral limits of tlie law; and, tlic lawnsa system, describing tlie aspectsand problems of each of tlie law's agencies - courts, legislative, administrative, and executiveagencies. (No class June25 and 27. Additional classes July 6 and 13.) OM25 6:00-930 p 111. M, W POL 199-8181 POL 399-8182 INTERNSHIPS Arrnrrgc-d Hedblom . :IOLOGY :265-8192 ItACIAL AND MINORITY GROI -RELATIONS * Bloom Tlie dimeiisi~~iis of racial and minority group relations. Majoratteiitir)~iisfocuscdLlponprejudice,racisni,alid the roleofself-understandi~ig.(I'/N gradiugoiily.)Dist.: Yes. 05-8184 ;ENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Leitschuh OM16 M,W i n introduction to the methods and approaches u s e d h 6:00-9:30/1.111. ~sycliologyfor the purpose of understanding behavThe shucture of tlie field of psychology, including its SOC 356-8193 najor sub-areas, is emphasized. Dist.: Yes. ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY :30-955 0.111. M,7, W,TII,F OM12 CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult corrcct~onalprograms and processes. .'SY 362-8185 Lectures, discussion, and site visits tocorrectioiial instituABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY Leitschuh tions and government offices. D ~ s t ,No. : An intruductioii to maladaptive human behaviors 1:30-5:00v.rr1;T,Thr "' " 6 from the social, organicand psychological poi~itsofview. . - -- -Visitation to a variety of community service agencies COMM will accompany classroom learning. Dist.: No. THEATREARTS --I'rereq : 15Y 105 10:05-~~1:.30n.111 M,T, W,TII,F SPC 226-8194 -MOVEMENT FOR THE F THEATER Students will explore principles and styles of niovemci* REL 366-8186 used in tlie art of acting. Tlie goal will be to illcrease tliCHRISTIANITY IN MODERN AFRICA Halt student's ability to communicate through movemciit, b This coursc will focus on two regions of Africa: the examining the principles of discipline, freedom, c'--"West a n d tlie South. Studelits will be introduced to timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks and iml traditional African culture and religion, tlie iiitroduction sa tion will beintroduced as tools forcorporealexpressio~ of Christianity, and the present develop~lleiitof indigcAll different aspects of movement will be explored: body nous clii~rchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent stance, facial expression, gesture, walking,etc. Movement African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to exercises will be built around short scenes, poems, and formulate "African Christian Theology." A major section play excerpts. Some principlesofOrieiital movement will of tlie course will focus on contempor wpunses also be introduced. of churches in South Africa to tlie apart1 system of 10:05-21:3 . M,T,W,TIi,F THEATER racial segrcgation. Dist.: Yes 1:30-3:1511 111. M,T, W.711 SPC 345-8195 ORGANIZATIONAL REL 441-8187 COMMUNICATION Lapakko INS 495-8188 An examinatioii of the c,, of c~nirnu~iication ill FEMINISM AND CHRISTIANITY Strattonl organizational settings Focuses 011such topics as supeThe objectives of this course include gaining knowleage rior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal con1about feminism and Christianity: the history of women, ~nunicationnetworks, management styles, power and feminist theory and history, the impact of the Christian authority, motivatio~iof employees, organizational cultradition on societal roles of women and men, contempoture, perforinaiiccappraisal, effective useof meetings, and rary feminist views of Christianity, and about the Bible, sources of commuiiicatio~iproblc~ns111 the workplace women in the Christian tradition, feminist theology and Designed to enliance comniunication skills of both manethics, women in the church, worship and spirituality. agersand subordinates Studentsboth investigate thelit90th women and men are welcome. Dist.: Yes eraturc on orgaiiizatio~~al communication and attempt to :00-9:30 p 111 M,W OM13 apply it to tlieir own experiences in organizations. 5:3O-9:W p.m. M,W OM10 ..r...,LLr SWK 260-8189 HUMANS DEVELOPING Peters Provides knowledge of Iiuman growth through tlie life cycle,and of theinterplay ofsociocultural, biologica1,and psychological factors wliicli influence tlic growtli of individuals and families in contemporary American families. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity. Dist.: No. 10:05-11:30n III M,T, W,TII,F SWK 399-8190 INTERNSHIPS A rmlr ~<yed SWK 499-8191 INDEPENDENT STUDY AI I . ~ I I , ~ L ~ OM16 Brown Brown - SPC 414 -8196 INS 414 -8197 Nilsson FEMINIST RHETORIC .ican fe~nin~sts will be nnaThe rhetoric of selected lyzed to develop a rlietc perspective on American feminism, and to develol skill in rhetorical criticism .-... c.20 o.nn .. ...r r ! . OM23
Show less